Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
18 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhayā2.2.59FeminineSingularśivā, haimavatī, pūtanā, avyathā, śreyasī, harītakī, kāyasthā, cetakī, amṛtā, pathyā
balabhadraḥ1.1.23-24MasculineSingularbaladevaḥ, balaḥ, saṅkarṣaṇaḥ, tālāṅkaḥ, halāyudhaḥ, revatīramaṇaḥ, pralambaghnaḥ, kālindībhedanaḥ, halī, rauhiṇeyaḥ, kāmapālaḥ, acyutāgrajaḥ, ānakadundubhiḥ, sīrapāṇiḥ, musalī, nīlāmbaraḥ, rāmaḥbalaram
brāhmīFeminineSingularvāṇī, sarasvatī, bhāratī, bhāṣā, gīḥ, vākthe goddess of spech
dyūtaḥ2.10.45MasculineSingularpaṇaḥ, akṣavatī, kaitavam
kārtikeyaḥMasculineSingularmahāsenaḥ, kumāraḥ, śikhivāhanaḥ, bāhuleyaḥ, senānīḥ, ṣaḍānanaḥ, śaktidharaḥ, viśākhaḥ, guhaḥ, skandaḥ, śarajanmā, krauñcadāruṇaḥ, ṣāṇmāturaḥ, tārakajit, agnibhūḥ, pārvatīnandanaḥkaarttik
nadī1.10.29-30FeminineSingularkūlaṅkaṣā, sravantī, dhunī, śaivalinī, rodhovakrā, apagā, dvīpavatī, hradinī, taraṅgiṇī, nirjhariṇī, nimnagā, srotasvatī, taḍinī, sarit, sarasvatīa river
pākasthānam2.9.27NeuterSingularmahānasam, rasavatī
paṭuparṇīFeminineSingularhaimavatī, svarṇakṣīrī, himāvatī
rajasvalā2.6.20FeminineSingularātreyī, malinī, puṣpavatī, ṛtumatī, strīdharmiṇī, udakyā, aviḥ
śampā1.3.9FeminineSingularcañcalā, taḍit, hrādinī, vidyut, kṣaṇaprabhā, śatahradā, capalā, saudāminī, airāvatīlighting
saritaḥ1.10.34FemininePluralcandrabhāgā, sarasvatī, kāverī, śarāvatī, vetravatīsavarmati(river)
śraddhāluḥ2.6.21FeminineSingulardohadavatī
umā1.1.44FeminineSingularkātyāyanī, haimavatī, bhavānī, sarvamaṅgalā, durgā, ambikā, girijā, cāmuṇḍā, gaurī, īśvarī, rudrāṇī, aparṇā, mṛḍānī, āryā, menakātmajā, carmamuṇḍā, kālī, śivā, śarvāṇī, pārvatī, caṇḍikā, dākṣāyaṇī, karmamoṭī, carcikābhavaani
amarāvatīFeminineSingularthe city of indra
kumudvatī1.10.38FeminineSingularkumudinīa place abounding in water-lillies
icchāvatī2.6.9FeminineSingularkāmukā
prajāvatī2.6.30FeminineSingularbhrātṛjāyā
bhogavatī3.3.76FeminineSingularchandaḥ, daśamam
     Apte Search  
162 results
     
akula अकुल a. [अप्रशस्तं कुलं यस्य] Low, mean, of a low family. -लः -लम् N. of Śiva; अकुलं शिव इत्युक्तः कुलं शक्तिः प्रकीर्तिता -ला N. of Pārvatī.
akṣayiṇī अक्षयिणी Pārvatī.
aga अग a. [न गच्छतीति; गम्-ड. न. त.)] 1 Unable to walk, not going, not in a position to go; अगो वृषलः शीतेन P.VI.3.77 Sk. अगजगदोकसामखिलशक्त्यवबोधक ते Bhāg. 1.87.14. -2 Unapproachable. -गः 1 A tree; सदानतो येन विषाणिना$गः Śi.4.63. -2 A mountain; ध्वनिरगविवरेषु नूपुराणाम् Ki.1.4. also a stone; प्रत्यापगं प्रत्यगम् Mahānāṭaka. -3 A snake. -4 The sun (न गच्छति वक्रगत्या पश्चिमम्, तस्य हि वक्रगत्यभावो ज्योतिषप्रसिद्धः or, 'not going' the earth by its diurnal rotation causing day and night). -5 A water-jar, as in अगस्त्य (कुम्भस्त्यान). -6 The number seven (from the seven कुलाचलs) cf. ... _x001F_+अथ पन्नगे । नगाः अगाः पर्वते$र्के पादपे स्यात्...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मजा the daughter of the mountain, N. of Pārvatī. -ओकस् m. [अगः पर्वतः ओको यस्य] 1 a mountain-dweller. -2 a bird (वृक्षवासी). -3 the animal शरभ supposed to have 8 legs. -4 a lion. -ज a. (अगात् पर्वतशिलातो जायते; जन्-ड,) produced on a mountain or from a tree; roaming or wandering through mountains, wild (गिरिचर); कचाचितौ विष्वगिवागजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. (-जम्) bitumen. [शिलाजित] -जा Born From the mountain, Pārvatī. अगजाननपद्मार्कं गजाननमहर्निशम् । अनेकदं तं भक्तानामेकदन्तमुपास्महे ॥ Subhā. -जानिः Śiva, सर्वं तद्भगवन् त्वदीयमगजाजाने समस्तार्तिहन् । चोल- चम्पूकाव्य P.9, Verse 12.
acala अचल a. Steady, immovable, motionless, fixed, permanent; चित्रन्यस्तमिवाचलं चामरम् V.1.5; तपसे$धिवस्तु- मचलामचलः Ki.6.18; समाधावचला बुद्धिस्तदा योगमवाप्स्यसि Bg. 2.53.; यत्र स्थाणुरिवाचलः Ś.7.11. immovable. -लः 1 A mountain; (rarely) a rock. -2 A bolt or pin (शङ्कु). -3 The number seven. -4 N. of Śiva, of the soul, of the first of the 9 deified persons among Jainas. -ला The earth (so called because the earth is immovable according to one view, or, according to Ārya Bhaṭṭa who rejects this view, अचलाः पर्वताः सन्त्यत्र, अस्त्यर्थे अच्; अचलत्वात् स्वकक्षातो बहिर्गमनाभावाद्वा). cf. अचलः पर्वते वृक्षे कीलावसुधयोः स्त्रियाम् Nm. -लम् Brahman. -Comp -कन्यका, - सुता, -दुहिता, -तनया &c. N. of Pārvat&imcr;, daughter of the Himālaya mountain. -कीला (ब.) the earth (immovably fixed or pinned. -ज, -जात a. mountain-born. (-जा-जाता) N. of Pārvatī. -त्विष् a. [अचला त्विट् यस्य] of fixed or permanent lustre or colour. (-m, ˚ट्) a cuckoo (बहुप्रक्षालनेनापि मालिन्यानपगमात् स्थिरा त्विट्). (f.) permanent colour. -द्विष् m. [अचलान् द्वेष्टि, द्विष् -क्विप्] the enemy of mountains, epithet of Indra who clipped off their wings. -धृतिः f. a metre of four lines of 16 short _x001F_1syllables each (गीत्यार्या) -पतिः, -राट् lord of mountains, N. of Himālaya or Meru; समुद्र इव दुर्बोधः सत्त्वेनाचल- राडिव Bhāg 4.22.58. so ˚अधिपः, ˚श्रेष्ठः. -सप्तमी N. of a book in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण; the 7th day of the bright half of Āśvina.
atithiḥ अतिथिः [अतति गच्छति न तिष्ठति; अत्-इथिन् Uṇ.4.2; lit. a 'traveller'; according to Manu एकरात्रं तु निवसन् अतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः । अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात्तस्मादतिथिरुच्यते ॥ 3.12 cf. also यस्य न ज्ञायते नाम न च गोत्रं न च स्थितिः । अकस्माद् गृहमायातः सो$तिथिः प्रोच्यते वुधैः ॥] 1 A guest (fig. also); अतिथिनेव निवेदितम् _x001F_+Ś.4; कुसुमलताप्रियातिथे Ś.6 dear or welcome guest; पुरन्दरपुरातिथिषु पितृषु Dk.2 the guests of Indra's capital i. e. dead; so समरे यमनगरातिथिरकारि 12; धन्यानां श्रवणपथातिथित्वमेति (उक्तम्) Ratn.2.7. becomes a guest of, i. e. goes to or falls on the ears of the fortunate only; करोति ते मुखं तन्वि चपेटापातनातिथिम् K.P. -2 Wrath. -3 N. of a son of Kuśa and Kumudvatī and grandson of Rāma. -Comp. -क्रिया -पूजा, -सत्कारः -सत्क्रिया, -सेवा hospitable reception of guests, rite of hospitality, hospitality, attention to the guests -देव a. [अतिथिर्देव इव पूज्यो यस्य] treating the guest as God. -धर्मः title or claim to hospitality; hospitality due to guests; गृह्यतां ˚र्मः Pt.1; यदि त्वतिथि- धर्मेण क्षत्रियो गृहमाव्रजेत् Ms.3.111 should come as guests -धर्मिन् a. entitled to hospitality as a guest वैश्यशूद्रावपि प्राप्तौ कुटुम्बे$तिथिधर्मिणौ । भोजयेत्सह भृत्यैस्तानानृशंस्यं प्रयोजयन् ॥ Ms.3.112. -पतिः the host or entertainer.
adriḥ अद्रिः [अद्-क्रिन् Uṇ.4.65; according to Nir.fr. दृ to tear or अद् to eat.] 1 A mountain. -2 A stone, especially one for pounding Soma with or grinding it on. -3 A thunderbolt (आदृणाति येन Nir.). -4 A tree. -5 The sun. cf. अद्रिः शैले$र्कवृक्षयोः । Nm. -6 A mass of clouds (probably so called from its resemblance to a mountain); a cloud (आदरयितव्यो भवति ह्यसौ उदकार्थं Nir.) mostly Ved. -7 A kind of measure. -8 The number -Comp. -ईशः, -पतिः -नाथः &c. 1 the lord of mountains, the Himālaya. -2 N. of Śiva (Lord of Kailāsa). -कटक the ridge of mountain; नितम्बः पश्चिमश्रोणीभागे$- द्रिकटके$पि च । Nm. -कर्णी a. plant (अपराजिता) Clitoria Ternatea Lin. (Mar. पांढरी गोकर्णी). -कीला [अद्रयः कुलपर्वताः कीलाः शङ्कव इव यस्याः] the earth. (-लः) N. of the mountain विष्कुम्भ. -कुक्षिः a mountain cave, mountain side अस्मिन्नहमद्रिकुक्षौ व्यापारितः R.2.38. -ज a. [अद्रौ जायते; जन्-ड] produced from, or found among mountains, mountainborn. अब्जा गोजा ऋतजा अद्रिजा ऋतम् Rv.4.41.5. (-जा) 1 a plant (सैंहली). (Mar. सिंहपिंपळी). -2 -कन्या, -तनया -सुता &c. Pārvatī. (-जम्) red chalk (शिलाजतु). -जात a. mountain-born. (-तः) 1 forest conflagration. -2 the 'Sun-born', Haṁsa or Swan. -3 the Supreme Being. -जूत, -दुग्ध Ved. [तृ. त.] expressed or extracted by means of stones. रथो ह वामृतजा अद्रिजूतः Rv.3.58.8. -तनया, -नन्दिनी 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 N. of a metre of 4 lines, each having 23 syllables. -द्विष्-भिद्-हन् m. [अद्रिं द्वेष्टिं भिनत्ति वा, द्विष्-भिद्-हन्-क्विप्] the enemy or splitter of mountains (or clouds personified), eptihet of Indra अहनद्वज्रेणाद्री- निवाद्रिहा Mb.8.2.9. -द्रोणि-णी f. 1 a mountain valley Dk.2.8. -2 a river taking its rise in a mountain. -पतिः -राजः &c. See ˚ईश. -बर्हस् a. Ved. [अद्रेर्बर्ह इव बर्हो यस्य] as strong or hard as a mountain; mountain-high (?); पीयूषं द्यौरदितिरद्रिबर्हाः Rv.1.63.3. -बुध्न a. [अद्रेर्बुध्न इव बुध्नो यस्य] rooted in a mountain or rock; as hard as a stone or mountain. अयं निधिः सरमे अद्रिबुध्नः Rv.1.18.7. -भूः a. [अद्रौ भवति जायते] mountain-born. (-भूः) N. of a plant (आखुकर्णी or अपराजिता. Mar. उंदिरकानी, गोकर्णी) -मातृ Ved. [अद्रि मेघः तज्जलं मिमीते, अद्रेर्माता वा मा-तृच्] producing water from clouds (मेघजलनिर्मातृ); having a mountain for the mother (?). कोशं दिवो$द्रिमातरम् Rv.9.86.3. -वह्निः forest conflagration. -शय्यः (having the mountain कैलास for his bed) N. of Śiva; cf. ˚ईश, ˚इन्द्र, -शृङ्गम्, -सानु mountain peak. -सुत (˚षुत), -संहत a. prepared or expressed by means of stones. -सारः [अद्रेः सार इव ष. त] 'the essence of mountains', iron. -a. hard like a mountain; ˚मय made of iron or very hard ततः सुबाहुस्त्रिंशद्भिरद्रिसारमयैः शरैः Mb.7.18.17.
anaṅga अनङ्ग a. [न. ब.] 1 Bodiless, without a body; formless, incorporeal; त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः Ku.4.9. -2 Different from the body. -3 Without a supplement or auxiliary. -ङ्गः 1 Cupid (the bodiless one; so called from his having been reduced to ashes by Siva with the fire of his third eye, when he tried to seduce the God's mind towards Pārvatī for the birth of a deliverer of the Gods from Tāraka.) -2 Wind. -3 A goblin. -4 A shadow, cf. अनङ्गे मन्मथे वायौ पिशाचच्छाययोरपि Nm. -ङ्गम् 1 Sky, air, ether. -2 The mind (आकाशस्य निरवयवत्वात् न्यायवैशेषिकमते चित्तस्य अगुणत्वेन तस्य तथात्वम्). -Comp. -आपीडः N. of a king of Kashmir. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] 1 amorous sports. -2 N. of a metre of two lines, the first with 16 long, and second with 32 short, syllables. -द a. [उप. स.] inspiring love; ˚दे तनुभूते ते भुजलते K.22. (also without Aṅgada); बाह्वोरनङ्गदत्वस्य बाले ते कारणे उभे Bhār. Ch. -देवी N. of a queen of Kashmir. -द्वादशी N. of the 83rd chapter of भविष्योत्तरपुराण; ˚त्रयोदशीव्रतम्, see under व्रत. -पालः N. of a king's chamberlain at Kashmir. -लेखः (मदनलेखः) a love letter; ˚लेखक्रिय- योपयोगं (व्रजन्ति) Ku.1.7. -रङ्गः N. of a erotic work describing the several postures (आसन) pertaining to sexual intercourse. -लेखा 1 A love letter. -2 N. of a queen of Kashmir. -शत्रुः, -असुहृत् &c. N. of Siva. -शेखरः N. of a metre of four lines, each with 15 iambic feet.
ananta अनन्त a. [नास्ति अन्तो यस्य] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; ˚रत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य Ku.1.3. -न्तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; गन्धर्वाप्सरसः सिद्धाः किन्नरोरगचारणाः । नान्तं गुणानां जानन्ति (नास्यान्तमधिगच्छन्ति) तेनानन्तो$यमुच्यते ॥; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent _x001F_-Śeṣa; of Kṛiṣṇa and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29. -2 A cloud. -3 Talc. -4 N. of a plant (सिन्दु- वार) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. निरगुडी). -5 The asterism श्रवण. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the अनन्तचतुर्दशी day. -7 The letter आ. -न्ता 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Pārvatī. -4 Names of various plants; शारिवा, अनन्तमूल (a very medicinal plant) दूर्वा, आमलकी, गुडूची, अग्निमन्थ, कणा, लाङ्गली, दुरालाभा, हरीतकी, अग्निशिखा, श्यामलता, पिप्पली. -न्ती A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. -न्तम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, eternity. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; तदनन्ताय कल्पते Pt.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman (परब्रह्म,); सत्यं ज्ञानमनन्तं ब्रह्मेति श्रुतिः । न व्यापित्वाद्देशतो$न्तो नित्यत्वान्नापि कालतः । न वस्तुतो$पि सर्वात्म्यादानन्त्यं ब्रह्मणि त्रिधा ॥ -5 A sloping and a projecting member of the entablature representing a continued pent-roof; अनन्तं चान्तरिक्षं च प्रस्तरं चाष्टधा लुपाः । Māna.18.174-175. cf. अनन्तः शेषविष्ण्वोश्चानवधौ क्लीबमम्बरे । स्त्रियां स्याच्छारिपादूर्वाविशल्याला- ङ्गलीषु च । हैमवत्यां गळूच्यां च...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit; -कर a. magnifying to any extent; P.III.2.21. -ग a. moving forever. -गुण a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; प्लवङ्गानामनन्तगुणतैधते Mv.6.55. -चतुर्दशी, -˚व्रतम् [अनन्तस्य आराधनं यस्यां सा चतुर्दशी] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada when Ananta is worshipped -चरित्रः N. of a Bodhisattva. -जित् (अनन्तानि भूतानि जितवान्) 1 N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -तान a. of endless width, extensive. -तीर्थकृत् m. 1 one who visits many places of polgimage. -2 a Jaina deity. -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of भाद्रपद, मार्गशीर्ष or वैशाख; नभस्ये वाथ वैशाखे मार्गशीर्षे$थवा पुनः । शुक्ल- पक्षतृतीयायां... उक्तानन्ततृतीयैषा सुतानन्दफलप्रदा. -दृष्टिः [अनन्ता दृष्टयो नेत्राणि यस्य] N. of Śiva, or of Indra. -देवः [अनन्तो देव इव] 1 the serpent Seṣa. -2 [अनन्ते दीव्यति; दिव्-अच्] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Seṣa. -3 N. of the king of Kashmir. -नेमिः N. of the king of Mālava, a contemporary of शाक्यमुनि -पार a. of endless width, boundless; ˚रं किल शब्दशास्त्रम् Pt.1. -पालः N. of a warriorchief in Kashmir. -मतिः N. of a Bodhisattva. -मायिन् a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful. -मूलः a medicinal plant (शारिवा). -राशिः an infinite quantity. -रूप a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Visnu. -वातः a disease of the head, resembling tetanus. -विक्रमिन् N. of a Bodhisattva. -विजयः [अनन्तान् विजयते ध्वनिद्वारा अनेन] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell. अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिरः Bg.1.16. -वीर्यः N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age. -व्रतम् 1 See अनन्तचतुर्दशी above. -2 N. of the 12nd Adhyaya of the Bhaviṣyottara-Purāṇa. -शक्ति a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -शयनम् Travancore; Sriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (because there are temples of Viṣṇu reclining on अनन्त Serpent). -शीर्ष N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-र्षा) N. of the wife of Vāsuki. -शुष्म a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing. -श्री a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.
anuṣṭubh अनुष्टुभ् f. [अनु निरन्तरम् स्तुभ्यते$नया अनुष्टुप् वाक्] 1 Following in praise; speech. -2 Sarasvatī. -3 N. of a class of metres consisting of four Pādas of 8 syllables each, the whole stanza consisting of 32 syllables (so called because it follows with its praise i. e. अनुष्टोभति the Gāyatrī, which has 3 Pādas), अनुष्टोभनादनुष्टुप्. In later metrical systems it stands as a general name for all metres which have 8 syllables in each foot (the highest possible number being computed to be 256); पञ्चमं लघु सर्वत्र सप्तमं द्विचतुर्थयोः । गुरु षष्ठं च पादानां शेषेष्वनियमो मतः ॥ which rule is sometimes violated. अनुष्टुभा सोम उक्थै- र्महस्वान् Rv.1.13.4.
antya अन्त्य a. [अन्ते भवति वसति &c., अन्ताय हितः; अन्त-यत्] 1 Last, final (as a letter, word &c.); last (in time, order or place) P.I.1.47; as ह of letters, Revatī of asterisms, Mīna of the zodiacal signs. &c.; अन्त्ये वयसि in old age R.9.79; अन्त्यं ऋणम् R.1.71 last debt; ˚मण़्डनम् 8.71 last funeral decoration, Ku.4.22. -2 Immediately following (in comp.); अष्टम˚ ninth. -3 perishable, transitory; देहाद्यपार्थमसदन्यमभिज्ञमात्रं (विन्देत) Bhāg.12.8.44. -4 Lowest (in rank, degree or position), undermost, worst, inferior, base, vile, wretched; ˚अवस्थां गतः Pt.4.11 reduced to the worst plight; अन्त्यासु दशासु Pt.1.336 at perilous (critical) times; belonging to the lowest caste; चण्डाल ˚स्त्रियःMs.11.175; ˚स्त्रीनिषेविणः 12.59; अन्त्यादपि वरं रत्नं स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि; शूद्राश्च सन्तः शूद्राणामन्त्यानामन्त्ययोनयः (साक्ष्यं कुर्युः) 8.68, 3.9; 4.79; Y.1.148, 2.294. -न्त्यः 1 A man of the lowest caste; see above. -2 N. of a plant (मुस्ता Mar. नागर- मोथा) (f. also) (the roots of which are prescribed for colic). -3 The last syllable of a word. -4 The last lunar month i. e. Fālguna. -5 A Mlechcha, foreigner, barbarian. अन्त्येषु स विनिक्षिप्य पुत्रान् यदुपुरोगमान् Mb.1.86.12. -6 (In Vaiśeṣika Phil.) A name for the category विशेष; अन्त्यो नित्यद्रव्यवृत्तिर्विशेषः परिकीर्तितः Bhāṣā P. -न्त्या 1 A technical name for त्रिज्या in astronomy. -2 A woman of the lowest tribe. -न्त्यम् 1 A measure of number; 1 billions (1,,,,.) -2 The 12th sign of the zodiac. -3 The last member or term of a progression (series), the last figure; स्थाप्योन्तवर्गो द्विगुणान्त्यनिघ्नः Līlā. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः see under अनुप्रास. -अवसायिन् m., f. (˚यी, ˚यिनी) a man or woman of the lowest caste, begotten by a chāṇḍāla on a Niṣādī woman; निषादस्त्री तु चाण्डालात्पुत्रमन्त्यावसा- यितम् । स्मशानगोचरं सूते बाह्यानामपि गर्हितम् ॥ Ms.1.39; the following 7 are regarded as belonging to this class; चाण्डालः श्वपचः क्षत्ता सूतो वैदेहकस्तथा । मागधायोगवौ चैव सप्तैते$- न्त्यावसायिनः ॥ सो$हमन्त्यावसायानां हराम्येनां प्रतिगृहात् Mb.12.141.41. see अन्तेवसायिन्. -आश्रमिन् m. one who belongs to the last or mendicant order. -आहुतिः -इष्टिः f. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया last or funeral oblations, sacrifices or rites; ˚कर्म Ms.11.197,5.168; अन्त्याहुतिं हावयितुं सविप्राः Bk. -ऋणम् the last of the three debts which every one has to pay, i. e. begetting children; see अनृण. -गमनम् intercourse by a woman of the higher caste with a man of the lowest caste. -ज. a 1 latest born, younger -2 belonging to the lowest caste; ˚जैर्नृभिः Ms.4.61; ˚स्त्री 8.385. (-जः) 1 a śūdra (अन्त्यः सन् जायते, वर्णमध्ये शेषभवत्वात्). -2 one of the 7 inferior tribes; chāṇḍāla &c.; रजकश्चर्मकारश्च नटो वरुड एव च । कैवर्तमेदभिल्लाश्च सप्तैते चान्त्यजाः स्मृता ॥ Yama; also Ms.8.279; Y.1.273. (-जा) a woman of the lowest caste; Ms.11.59.171; Y.3.231. -जन्मन्, -जाति, -जातीय a. 1 one belonging to the lowest caste; प्रतिग्रहस्तु क्रियते शूद्रादप्यन्त्यजन्मनः Ms.1.11. -2 a Śūdra; ˚तिता Ms.12.9. -3 a chāṇḍāla. -धनम् the last term of a progression or series. -पदम्, -मूलम् the last or greatest root (in a square). -भम् 1 the last lunar mansion रेवती. -2 the last sign of zodiac; मीन Pisces.. -युगम् the last or Kali age. -योनि. a. of the lowest origin; अन्त्याना- मन्त्ययोनयः (साक्ष्यम्) Ms.8.68. (-निः) the lowest source or origin. -लोपः dropping of the last letter or syllable of a word. -वर्णः, -वर्णा a man or woman of the lowest caste, a śūdra male or female. -विपुला N. of a metre.
andhaka अन्धक a. [अन्ध्-कन्] Blind; अन्धकः कुब्जकश्चैव Pt. 5.91. -कः 1 N. of an Asura, son of Kasyapa and Diti and killed by Śiva. [He is represented as a demon with 1 arms and heads, 2 eyes and feet, and called Andhaka, because he walked like a blind man, though he could see very well; स व्रजत्यन्धवद्यस्मा- दनन्धो$पि हि भारत । तमन्धको$यं नाम्नेति प्रोचुस्तत्र निवासिनः ॥ He was slain by Śiva when he attempted to carry off the Pārijāta tree from heaven; whence Śiva is called Andhakaripu, -ari, -dviṣ &c. According to the Matsya Purāṇa Andhaka was admitted to the class of Gaṇas by Śiva, at his importunities and humble supplication, when he was about to be killed by the god for having attempted to carry off his wife Pārvatī]. -2 N. of a descendant of Yadu and ancestor of Krisna and his descendants, a grandson of Krostu, son of Yudhājit who, together with his brother Vrisni is the ancestor of the celebrated family of Andhakavrisnis; P.IV. 1.114, VI.2.34. -3 N. of a sage, son of Mamatā and of Utathya, elder brother of Bṛihaspati. -Comp. -अरिः -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -घाति, -असुहृढ् &c. slayer of Andhaka, epithets of Śiva. -वर्तः N. of a mountain. -वृष्णि m. pl. descendants of अन्धक and वृष्णि.
aparṇa अपर्ण a. Leafless. -र्णा N. of Durgā or Pārvatī Kālidāsa thus accounts for the name : -स्वयंविशीर्णद्रुमपर्ण- वृत्तिता परा हि काष्ठा तपसस्तया पुनः । तदप्यपाकीर्णमिति प्रियंवदां वदन्त्यपर्णेति च तां पुराविदः ॥ Ku.5.28; cf. Śiva P. चतुर्थे त्यक्तपर्णा च अपर्णाख्यामवाप सा ।
abhyāsaḥ अभ्यासः 1 Repetition in general; व्याख्याता व्याख्याता इति पदाभ्यासो$ध्यायपरिसमाप्तिं द्योतयति S. B.; T.4.28 नाभ्यासक्रममीक्षते Pt.1.151; Ms.12.74; Y.3.322. cf. also अन्यायश्च कृते$भ्यासः । MS.1.3.26 -2 Repeated practice or exercise, contiuned practice or use; अविरतश्रमाभ्यासात् K.3, Pt.1.133; अभ्यासेन तु कौन्तेय वैराग्येण च गृह्यते Bg.6.35,44 by constant practice (to remain pure and unmodified); 12.12; योग˚ Y.3.51 practice of concentration; hence sometimes used for 'concentration of mind upon one subject'; ˚निगृहीतेन मनसा R.1.23; so शर˚, अस्त्र˚ &c. -3 Habit, custom, practice; मिथ्योपपदात् कृञो$भ्यासे P.I. 3.71; तद् यथाभ्यासं अभिधीयताम् U.1 therefore address me as is your wont; अमङ्गलाभ्यासरतिम् Ku.5.65; Y.3.68. -4 Discipline in arms, exercise, military discipline. -5 Reciting, study, repeated reading or learning by heart; काव्यज्ञशिक्षयाभ्यासः K. P.1; K.146,2; Ms.5. 4; वेद˚ is of 5 kinds:- वेदस्वीकरणं पूर्वं विचारो$भ्यसनं जपः । तद्दानं चैव शिष्येभ्यो वेदाभ्यासो हि पञ्चधा ॥ Dakṣa. -6 vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood (for अभ्याश); चूतयष्टिरि- वाभ्यासे (शे) मधौ परभृतोन्मुखी Ku.6.2; (अभ्यासे-शे मधौ must mean here speaking to 'Madhu who was near her' scil. by having manifested himself before her, which fully preserves the simile of Pārvatī, herself silent, speaking to her lover who was near her through her friend); अर्पितेयं तवाभ्यासे सीता पुण्यव्रता वधूः U.7.17 given in your charge; Śi.3.4; अभ्यासा-शा-दागतः P.II. 1.38 Sk. (ragarded as an Aluk Compound). -7 (In gram.) Reduplication. -8 The first syllable of a reduplicated base, reduplicative syllable; पूर्वो$भ्यासः P.VI. 1.4; अत्र ये द्वे विहिते तयोः पूर्वो$भ्याससंज्ञः स्यात् Sk. -9 (In Math.) Multiplication. -1 (In poetry) Repetition of the last verses or lines (as of a chorus); chorus, burden of a song. -Comp. -गत a. approached, gone near. -परिवर्तिन् a. wandering about or near. -योगः abstraction of mind resulting from continuous deep meditation; अभ्यासयोगेन ततो मामिच्छाप्तुं धनञ्जय Bg. 12.9. -लोपः dropping of the reduplicative syllable. -व्यवायः interval caused by the reduplicative syllable; ˚ये$पि though separated by this syllable.
abhrakam अभ्रकम् [स्वार्थे कन्] Talc, mica; said to be produced from Pārvatī's menstrual discharge. -Comp. -भस्मन् n. calx of talc. -सत्त्वम् steel.
ambālikā अम्बालिका 1 A mother; good woman (as a term of respect or endearment.) -2 N. of a plant (Mar. अम्बाडा). -3 N. of the youngest daughter of Kāśīrāja, wife of Vichitravīrya. She became the mother of Pāṇḍu by Vyāsa who was invoked by Satyavatī to beget a son to Vichitravīrya who had died without issue.
ambikā अम्बिका 1 A mother, good woman, also used like अम्बा as a term of respect or endearment; अत्तिके अम्बिके शृणु मम विज्ञप्तिम् Mk.1. -2 N. of a plant (अम्बा 2); N. of another plant कटुकी. -3 N. of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva; आशीर्भिरेधयामासुः पुरः पाकाभिरम्बिकाम् Ku.6.9. -4 N. of the middle daughter of Kāśīrāja and the eldest wife of Vichitravīrya. Like her youngest sister she had no progeny, and Vyāsa begot on her a son named धृतराष्ट्र. -5 Name of a Jaina deity. -Comp. -पतिः, -भर्ता N. of Śiva. -पुत्रः, -सुतः N. of धृतराष्ट्र.
ānandaḥ आनन्दः [आनन्द्-घञ्] 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न बिभेति कदाचन T. Up. supreme bliss of felicity; आनन्द एवास्य विज्ञानमात्मानन्दात्मनो हैवं सर्वे देवाः Śat. Br. -2 God, Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्) (said to be n. also in this sense; cf. विज्ञानमानन्दं ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 N. of Balarāma (according to Jaina doctrines). -7 N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras. -8 A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. -दा, -दी N. of two plants (Mar. भाङ्ग, रानमोगरी). -दम् 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A kind of house. -Comp. -अर्णवः the delight of Brahman. -काननम्, -वनम् N. of Kāśi. -गिरिः, -ज्ञानः, -ज्ञानगिरिः N of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya. -ज a. caused by joy (as tears). -तीर्थः N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaiśṇava school of philosophy. -द, -कर a. exhilarating, delighting. -करः The moon; दधार सर्वात्मकमात्मभूतं काष्ठा यथानन्दकरं मनस्तः Bhāg. 1.2.18. -दत्तः [आनन्दो दत्तो येन] the membrum virile. -पटः [आनन्दजनको पटः] a bridal garment. -पूर्ण a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-र्णः) the Supreme Spirit. -प्रभवः semen. -भैरव a. causing both joy and fear. (-वः) N. of Śiva. -लहरिः, -री f. 'wave of enjoyment', title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī.
āpayā आपया [आपेन जलपूरेण याति या-क] N. of a river near the Sarasvatī; दृषद्वत्या मानुष आपयायां सरस्वत्यां रेवदग्ने दिदीहि Rv.3.23.4.
āprī आप्री f. [आप्रीणात्यनया आ-प्री-ड-गौरा˚ ङीष्] Ved. 1 Conciliation, propitiation, gaining one's favour. -2 (pl.) 'Propitiatory verses', a name given to certain invocations addressed to several deified objects in consecutive order, and said to be introductory to the animal sacrifice; some take the Apris to represent the objects themselves, the verses being consequently called Apri verses. The objects invoked are 12:- Susamiddha, Tanūnapāt, Narāśaṁsa, the divine being bearing invocations to the gods, Barhis, the doors of the sacrificial chamber, night and dawn the two divine beings protecting the sacrifice, the three goddesses Ilā, Sarasvatī, and Mahī, Tvaṣṭṛi, Vanaspati and Svāhā, (all these being regarded by Sāyaṇa to be different forms of Agni); स एता आप्रीरपश्यत्ताभिर्वै स मुखत आत्मानमा- प्रीणीत; cf. also Max Muller's Hist. Anc. Lit. pp. 463-466.
ārya आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
irā इरा [इ-रन् Uṇ.2.28; इं कामं राति रा-क वा Tv.] ('इरा तु मदिरावारिभारत्यशनभूमिषु' इति विश्वलोचनः) 1 The earth. -2 Speech. -3 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī, -4 Water. -5 food; इरावतीं धारिणीं भूधराणाम् Mb.13. 26.95. -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 Any drinkable fluid; a draught (especially of milk). -8 Refreshment, comfort (Ved. in the last three senses). -9 N. of one of the wives of Kaśyapa. -Comp. -ईशः 1 N. of Varuṇa, of Viṣṇu, of Gaṇeśa and of Brahman; इतीरेशे$तर्क्ये निजमहिमनि स्वप्रमितिके Bhāg.1.13.57. -2 a king, sovereign. -क्षीर a. Ved. whose milk is a refreshment or enjoyment; यज्ञपदीराक्षीरा स्वधाप्राणा महीलुका Av.1.1.6. (-रः) the milk ocean. -चर a. earth-born, terrestrial. -2 aquatic. (-रम्) hail; so इरावरम्. -जः N. of Kāma or Cupid. -वेल्लिका pimples on the head or, pimples on the face produced at the time of puberty (Mar. मुरुमाची पुटकुळी).
iṣṭa इष्ट p. p. [इष् इच्छायां कर्मणि क्त] 1 Wished, desired, longed for, wished for; उपपन्नो गुणैरिष्टैः Nala.1.1. -2 Beloved, agreeable, liked, favourite, dear; ˚आत्मजः Mu.2.8 fond of sons. -3 Worshipped, reverenced. -4 Respected. -5 Approved, regarded as good. -6 Desirable; see इष्टापूर्त. -6 Valid. -7 Sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices. -8 Supposed (कल्पित); oft. used in Līlavatī. -ष्टः 1 A lover, husband, beloved person; इष्टप्रवासजनितानि Ś.4.3. -2 A friend; इष्टानामिष्ट- कर्मकृत Pt.1.57;2.172. -3 N. of a tree (एरंड). -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A sacrifice. -ष्टा N. of a tree (शमी). -ष्टम् 1 Wish, desire. -2 A holy ceremony or संस्कार. एतदिष्टं प्रवृत्ताख्यम् Bhāg.7.15.49. -3 A sacrifice; Bṛi. Up.4.1.2; see इष्टापूर्त. ind. Voluntarily. -Comp. -अर्थः desired object. ˚उद्युक्त a. zealously engaged in gaining one's desired object. -आपत्तिः f. occurrence of what is desired; a statement by a debater which is favourable to his opponent also; इष्टापत्तौ दोषान्तरमाह Jag. -कर्मन् n. (In Arith.) rule of supposition, operation with an assumed number. -कापथः the root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूल; Mar. वाळा). -कामदुह् a. granting the desired objects, an epithet of the cow of plenty; एष वो$स्त्विष्टकामधुक् Bg.3.1. -गन्ध a. fragrant. (-धः) any fragrant substance. (-धम्) sand. -जनः a beloved person (whether man or woman); U.3. -देवः, -देवता a favourite god, one's tutelary deity. -भागिन् a. One who has attained his object; अपूजयन्राघवमिष्टभागिनम् Rām.6.67.175. -यामन् a. going according to one's desire. वायुर्न यो नियुत्वाँ इष्टयामा Rv.9. 88.3. -व्रत a. 1 performing desired vows. -2 obeying one's wish. -3 (food &c.) for the fulfilment of a vow. -4 that by which good works succeed. इष इष्टव्रता अकः Rv.3.59.9.
udīcya उदीच्य a. Situated or living in the north. -च्यः 1 The country to the north and west of the river Sarasvatī; northern country. -2 (pl.) The inhabitants of the north; R.4.66. -च्यम् A kind of perfume. -Comp. -वृत्तम् a kind of Vaitālīya metre.
uddeśaka उद्देशक a. Illustrative. -कः 1 An illustration, example. -2 An illustrator, a guide. -3 (In Math.) A question, problem; अत्रोद्देशकः (frequently occurring in Līlāvatī).
ṛddhiḥ ऋद्धिः f. [ऋध्-भावे क्तिन्] 1 Growth, increase. नियमर्द्धये Bhāg.12.8.9. -2 Success, prosperity; affluence, good fortune. तेषामृद्धिरतीवात्र Bhāg.3.139.8. -3 Elevation, exaltation, greatness. संजीवितः शिशुरसौ मम चेयमृद्धिः U.2.11. -4 (a) Extent, magnitude, excellence; परिच्छिन्नप्रभावर्द्धिर्न मया न च विष्णुना Ku.2.58. (b) Grandeur, magnificence; व्यक्तर्धि वः क्रीडितम् Māl.5.22. -5 Supernatural power or supremacy, perfection. -6 Accomplishment. -7 Prosperity personified as the wife of Kubera. -8 N. of Pārvatī, and of Lakṣmī. -9 N. of a medicinal plant; (Mar. केवणी, मुरुडशेंग) -1 magic; M. W. -Comp. -काम a. desiring increase or prosperity. -साक्षात्क्रिया manifestation of supernatural power.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
kakudmin ककुद्मिन् a. 1 Peaked; furnished with a hump &c. m. 1 A bull with a hump on his shoulders; एवं ककुद्मिनं हत्वा _x001F_2Bhāg.1.36.15. -2 A mountain. -3 N. of Viṣṇu; and of king रैवतक. ˚कन्या-सुता N. of Revatī and wife of Balarāma; ककुद्मिकन्यावक्त्रान्तर्वासलब्धाधिवासया Śi.2.2.
kacchaḥ कच्छः च्छम् 1 Bank, margin, skirt, bordering region (whether near water or not); यमुनाकच्छमवतीर्णः Pt.1; गन्धमादनकच्छो$ध्यासितः V.5; Śi.3.8; Māl.9.16. -2 A marsh, morass, fen. 'जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात्पुंसि कच्छस्तथाविधः' Nm. -3 The hem of the lower garment tucked into the waistband; see कक्षा. -4 A part of boat. -5 A particular part of a tortoise (in कच्छप). -6 A tree, the timber of which is used for making furniture of (तुन्न, Mar. नांदुरकी); Mb.1.7.21. -7 A populous region. -च्छा 1 A cricket. -2 The plant Lycopodium Imbricatum (वाराही). -Comp. -अन्तः the border of a lake or stream; marshy place; Ki.7.39; कच्छान्ते सुरसरितो निधाय सेनाम् 12.54. -देशः N. of a place in the South. -पः (-पी f.) 1 a turtle, tortoise; केशव धृतकच्छपरूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; Ms.1.44,12.42 (thus explained by Durga; कच्छं आत्मनो मुखसंपुटं पाति स हि किंचित् दृष्ट्वा शरीर एव मुखसंपुटं प्रवेशयति). -2 a tumour on the palate. -3 an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor. -4 an attitude in wrestling. -5 the tree Cedrela Toona (Mar. नांदुरकी) -6 one of the nine treasures of Kubera. (-पी) 1 a female tortoise. -2 a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch. -3 a kind of lute; also the lute of Sarasvatī. -भूः f. marshy ground, morass. -रुहा a kind of grass (दूर्वा). कच्छ kaccha (च्छा cchā) टिका ṭikā कच्छाटी kacchāṭī कच्छ (च्छा) टिका कच्छाटी The end or hem of a lower garment which, after being carried round the body, is gathered up behind and tucked into the waist-band.
kātyāyanī कात्यायनी 1 An elderly or middle aged widow (dressed in red clothes). -2 N. of a wife of Yajñavalkya मैत्रेयी च कात्यायनी च Bṛi. Up.4.5.1. -3 N. of Pārvatī; cf. उमा कात्यायनी गौरी काली हैमवतीश्वरी Ak. -Comp. -तन्त्रम् n. a Tantra containing the description of the methods of दुर्गापूजा and said to have been composed by Śiva. -पुत्रः, -सुतः N. of Kārttikeya.
kādambaram कादम्बरम् 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the Kadamba tree; निषेध्य मधु माधवाः सरसमत्र कादम्बरम् Śi.4.66. -री 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the कदम्ब tree. -2 Spirituous liquor or wine in general; कादम्बरीसाक्षिकं प्रथमसौहृदमिष्यते Ś.6; or कादम्बरीमदविघूर्णितलोचनस्य युक्तं हि लाङ्गलभृतः पतनं पृथिव्याम् Udb.; ˚रसभरेण K.24. -3 The fluid issuing from the temples of a rutting elephant. -4 An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. -5 A female cuckoo. -6 The rain-water collected into clefts or hollow places. -7 A female bird (सारिका). -8 N. of a celebrated story by Bāṇa; the heroine is of the same name being a daughter of Chitraratha Gandharva. -Comp. -बीजम् a ferment, yeast.
kāmaḥ कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.
kārtikeyaḥ कार्तिकेयः [कृत्तिकानामपत्यं ढक्] N. of Skanda (so called because he was reared by the six Kṛittikās). [Kārtikeya is the Mars or the god of war of the Indian mythology. He is the son of Śiva (but born without the direct intervention of a woman). Most of his epithets have reference to the circumstances of his birth. Śiva cast his seed into Agni (who had gone to the god in the form of a dove, while he was enjoying Pārvatī's company), who being unable to bear it cast it into the Ganges; (hence Skanda is called Agnibhū, Gaṅgāputra). It was then transferred to the six Kṛittikās (when they went to bathe in the Ganges), each of whom therefore conceived and brought forth a son. But these six sons were afterwards mysteriously combined into one of extraordinary form with six heads and twelve hands and eyes, (hence he is called Kārtikeya, Ṣadānana, Ṣaṇmukha &c.). According to another account the seed of Śiva was cast by the Ganges into a thickest of reeds (Śara); whence the boy was called Śaravaṇabhava, or Śarajanman. He is said to have pierced the mountain Krauñcha, whence his name Krauñchadāraṇa. He was the commander of the army of the gods in their war with Tāraka, a powerful demon (q. v.) whom he vanquished and slew; and hence his names Senānī and Tārakajit. He is represented as riding a peacock.] -Comp. -प्रसूः f. Pārvatī, mother of Kārtikeya.
kāla काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.
kirātī किराती 1 A female Kirāta, a woman of the Kirāta tribe. -2 A woman who carries a fly-flap or chowri; नौसंश्रयः पार्श्वगतां किरातीमुपात्तबालव्यजनां बभाषे R.16.57. -3 A bawd, a procuress. -4 Pārvatī in the disguise of a Kirātī. -5 The celestial Gaṅgā.
kuṭila कुटिल a. [कुट्-इलच्] 1 Crooked, Pt.1.65; bent, curved, curled; भेदाद् भ्रुवोः कुटिलयोः Ś.5.23; R.6.82; 19.17; -2 Tortuous, winding; क्रोशं कुटिला नदी Sk. -3 (fig.) Insincere, fraudulent, dishonest; अ˚ Pt.1.126. -ला 1 N. of Sarasvatī. -2 A kind of perfume. -लम् 1 N. of a plant (Mar. तगर). -2 Tin. -Comp. -आशय a. evil-minded; malevolent; संध्यावत्क्षणरागिण्यो नदीवत्कुटिलाशयाः Ks.37.143. -पक्ष्मन् a having curved eye-lashes. -मति, -बुद्धि a. evil-minded, malevolent; कुटिलमतिः स एष येन क्रोधाग्नौ प्रसभमदाहि नन्दवंशः Mu.1.7. -स्वभाव a. crooked by nature, dishonest, malevolent.
kumbhaḥ कुम्भः [कुं भूमिं कुत्सितं वा उम्भति पूरयति उम्भ्-अच् शकं˚ Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, jar; इयं सुस्तनी मस्तकन्यस्तकुम्भा Jag.; वर्जयेत्तादृशं मित्रं विषकुम्भं पयोमुखम् H.1.74; R.2.36; so कुच˚, स्तन˚. -2 The frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; इभकुम्भ Māl.5.32; मत्तेभकुम्भदलने भुवि सन्ति शूराः Bh.1.59. -3 Aquarius, the eleventh sign of the zodiac. -4 A measure of grain equal to 2 droṇas; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32. -5 (In Yoga phil.) Closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing. -6 The paramour of a harlot. -7 An urn in which the bones of dead bodies are collected. -8 A kind of heart-disease. -9 N. of a plant (and also of its fruit); क्वचिद् बिल्वैः क्वचित्कुम्भैः क्वचिच्चा- मलकमुष्टिभिः Bhāg.1.18.14. -भा A harlot, a whore. -भम् A fragrant resin (गुग्गुल). -Comp. -उदरः one of the attendants of Śiva; अवेहि मां किङ्करमष्टमूर्तेः कुम्भोदरं नाम निकुम्भमित्रम् R.2.35. -उलूकः a kind of owl; हृत्वा पिष्ट- मयं पूपं कुम्भोलूकः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.11. -उलूखकम् a medicinal plant (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -कर्णः 'pitcher-eared', N. of a gigantic Rākṣasa, a brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma. [He is said to have devoured thousands of beings including sages and heavenly nymphs, and the gods were anxiously waiting for an opportunity to retaliate upon the powerful demon. After Brahmā had inflicted on him a curse for the humiliation to which he subjected Indra and his elephant Airāvata, Kumbhakarṇa began to practise the most rigid austerities. Brahmā was pleased and was about to grant him a boon, when the gods requested Sarasvatī to sit on his tongue and to pervert it. Accordingly when he went to the god, instead of asking Indrapada he asked Nidrāpada which was readily granted. It is said that he slept for six months at a time, and, when roused, was awake for only one day. When Lankā was besieged by the monkey-troops of Rāma, Ravāṇa with great difficulty roused Kumbhakarṇa, desirous of availing himself of his gigantic strength. After having drunk 2 jars of liquor, he took Sugrīva prisoner, besides devouring thousands of monkeys. He was ultimately slain by Rāma.] Rām.6; R.12.8. -2 an epithet of Śiva; Mb.12. -कामला a bilious affection. -कारः 1 a potter; मृद्दण्डचक्रसंयोगात्कुम्भकारो यथा घटम् (करोति) Y.3.146. -2 a mixed tribe (वेश्यायां विप्रतश्चौर्यात् कुम्भकारः स उच्यते Uśanas; or मालाकारात्कर्मकर्यां कुम्भकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -3 a serpent. -4 a kind of wild fowl. (-री), -कारिका 1 the wife of a potter. -2 a kind of collyrium. -घोणः N. of a town. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -योनिः, m. -संभवः 1 epithets of Agastya; एतदाख्याय रामाय महर्षिः कुम्भसंभवः Rām.7.8.1; प्रससादोदयादम्भः कुम्भयोनेर्महौजसः R.4.21;15.55. -2 an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -3 an epithet of Vasiṣṭha. -दासी a bawd, procuress; sometimes used as a term of reproach or abuse. -धरः the sign ef the zodiac called Aquarius. -पञ्जरः a niche in the wall. -राशिः the sign Aquarius. -रेतस् m. a form of Agni. -लग्नम् that time of the day in which Aquarius rises above the horizon. -मण्डूकः 1 (lit.) a frog in a pitcher. -2 (fig.) an inexperienced man; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -शाला pottery. -सन्धिः the hollow on the top of an elephant's head between the frontal globes.
kuśaḥ कुशः a. 1 Wicked, vile, depraved. -2 Mad. -शः 1 A kind of grass considered holy and forming an essential requisite of several religious ceremonies; पवित्रार्थे इमे कुशाः Śrāddha Mantra; कुशपूतं प्रवयास्तु विष्टरम् R.8.18, 1.49,95. -2 N. of the elder son of Rāma. [He was one of the twin sons of Rāma, born after Sītā had been ruthlessly abandoned in the forest; yet he was the elder of the two in point of first seeing the light of this world. He, with Lava was brought up by the sage Vālmīki, and the two boys were taught to repeat the Rāmāyaṇa, the epic of the poet. Kuśa was made by Rāma king of Kuśāvatī, and he lived there for some time after his father's death. But the presiding deity of the old capital Ayodhyā presented herself to him in his dream and besought him not to slight her. Kuśa then returned to Ayodhya; see R.16.3-42.] -3 A rope of Kuśa grass for connecting the yoke of a plough with the pole. -4 One of the great Dvīpas; Bhāg.5.1.32. -शा 1 A plank for covering anything. -2 A piece of wood. -3 A horse's bridle. -शी A sort of ladle. -2 Wrought iron. -3 Ploughshare. -4 A pod of cotton. -5 A piece of Udumbara wood used for counting the number of Sāmans in a Stotra; औदुम्बरे स्त्रियाम् । छन्दोगस्तोत्रगणनाशङ्कासु ...... Nm. -शम् Water; as in कुशेशय q. v. ह्रदश्च कुशवानेष यत्र पद्मं कुशेशयम् Mb.3.13.18. -Comp. -अक्षः a monkey. -अग्रम् the sharp point of a blade of the Kuśa grass; hence often used in comp. in the sense of 'sharp', 'shrewd', 'penetrating' as intellect. ˚बुद्धि a. having a penetrating intellect, sharp, shrewd; (अपि) कुशाग्रबुद्धे कशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4. -अग्रीय a. penetrating, sharp; कुरु बुद्धिं कुशाग्रीयां ... ... Bk.5.15. -अङ्गुली, -रीयम् a ring of Kuśa grass worn at religious ceremonies. -अरणिः N. of Durvāsas. -आकरः the sacrificial fire. -आसनम् a seat or mat of Kuśa grass; अक्षमालापवृत्तिज्ञा कुशासनपरिग्रहा । शांभवीव तनुः कस्य न वन्द्या दौर्जनी सभा ॥ Udb. -उदकम् water in which Kuśa grass has been infused; Ms.11.212. -कण्डिका f. a type of संस्कार of the Vedic sacrificial fire. -चीरम् a garment of Kuśa grass; (प्रगृह्य) कैकेय्याः कुशचिरे ते जानकी शुभलक्षणा Rām.2.37.1. -ध्वजः the younger brother of Janaka; तौ कुशध्वजसुते सुमध्यमे R.11.54. -मुष्टिः f. a handful of Kuśa grass कुशमुष्टिमुपादाय लवं चैव तु स द्विजः Rām.7.66.6. -स्थलम् N. of a place in the North of India; perhaps Kanoj; Ve.1. (-ली) N. of the town Dvārakā. रथं समारोप्य ययुः कुशस्थलीम् Bhāg.1. 61.41. -2 N. of the town उज्जयिनी.
keliḥ केलिः m. f. [केल्-इन्] 1 Play, sport. -2 Amorous sport, pastime; केलिचलन्मणिकुण्डल &c. Gīt.1; हरिरिह मुग्ध- वधूनिकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे ibid; राधामाधवयोर्जयन्ति यमुनाकूले रहः केलयः ibid; Amaru.8; Pt.1.175; Ms.8.357; Ṛs.4.17; केलिं कुरुष्व परिभुङ्क्ष्व सरोरुहाणि Udb. -3 Joke, jest, mirth. -लिः f. The earth. -Comp. -कलहः a quarrel in jest or joke. -कला 1 sportive skill, wantonness, amorous address; रतिकेलिकलाभिरधीरम् Gīt.11. -2 the lute of Sarasvatī. -किलः the confidential companion of the hero of a drama (a kind of विदूषक or buffoon). (-ली) N. of Rati. -किलावती Rati, wife of the god of love. -कीर्णः a camel. -कुञ्चिका a wife's younger sister. -कुपित a. angry in sport; Ve.1.2. -कोषः an actor, a dancer. -गृहम्, -निकेतनम्, -मन्दिरम्, -सदनम् a pleasure-house, a private apartment; मञ्जुतरकुञ्जतलकेलि- सदने प्रविश राधे माधवसमीपम् Gīt.11; Amaru.9 (v. l.) -नागरः a sensualist. -पर a. sportive, wanton, amorous. -पल्वलम् a pleasure-pond; N.1.117. -मुखः joke, sport, pastime. -रङ्गः a pleasure ground. -वनम् A pleasure-garden; निरीक्षते केलिवनं प्रविश्य क्रमेलकः कण्टकजालमेव Vikr.1.29. -वृक्षः a species of Kadamba tree. -शयनम् a pleasure-couch, sofa; केलिशयनमनुयातम् Gīt.11. -शुषिः f. the earth. -सचिवः a boon companion, confidential friend.
kha खः The sun. -खम् 1 The sky; खं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2; यावद्गिरः खे मरुतां चरन्ति Ku.3.72; Me.9. -2 Heaven. -3 Organ of sense; पराञ्चि खानि व्यतृणत्स्वयंभूस्तमात्पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -4 A city. -5 A field. -6 A cypher. -7 A dot, an anusvāra. -8 A cavity, an aperture, hollow, hole; नश्यतीषुर्यथा विद्धः खे विद्धमनुविध्यतः Ms.9.43. -9 An aperture of the human body; (of which there are 9, i. e. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिः Ms.2.6,53;4.144; Y.1.2; cf. Ku.3.5. -1 A wound. -11 Happiness, pleasure. -12 Tale. -13 Action. -14 Knowledge. -15 Brahman. -16 The glottis (in anatomy). -17 The tenth mansion from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it. -खा 1 A well, fountain. -2 A river. -3 Pārvatī. -4 The earth. -5 Lakṣmi. -6 The speech; cf. खोमा क्ष्मा कमला च गीः Enm. -Comp. -अटः (खे$टः) 1 a planet. -2 Rāhu, the ascending node. -आपगा an epithet of the Ganges. -उल्कः, -खोल्कः 1 a meteor. -2 a planet. -3 N. of the sun. ˚आदित्यः a form of the sun. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कामिनी N. of Durgā. -कुन्तलः N. of Śiva. -ग a. [खे आकाशे गच्छति गम्-ड] moving in the air; आरुह्यतामयं शीघ्रं खगो रत्नविभूषितः Rām.3.42.7. (-गः) 1 a bird; अधुनीत खगः स नैकधा तनुम् N.2.2; Ms.12.63. -2 air, wind; तमांसीव यथा सूर्यो वृक्षानग्निर्घनान्खगः Mb. -3 the sun. -4 a planet; e. g. आपोक्लिमे यदि खगाः स किलेन्दुवारः Tv. -5 a grass-hopper. -6 a deity. -7 an arrow; आशीविषाभान् खगमान् प्रमुञ्चन् Mb.8.67.2. ˚अधिपः an epithet of Garuḍa; हर्षयन्विबुधानीकमारुरोह खगाधिपम् Bhāg.8. 4.26. ˚अन्तकः a hawk, falcon. ˚अभिरामः an epithet of Śiva. ˚आसनः 1 the eastern mountain on which the sun rises. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Garuḍa ज्ञानेन वैयासकिशद्वितेन भेजे खगेन्द्रध्वजपादमूलम् Bhāg. ˚वती f. the earth. ˚स्थानम् 1 the hollow of a tree. -2 a bird's nest. -गङ्गा celestial Gaṅgā. -गतिः f. 1 flight in the air. -2 the motion of a planet. -3 a metre of 4 x 16 syllables. -गम a. moving in the air, flying (as the Gandharvas or missile weapons). (-मः) a bird. -(खे)गमनः a kind of gallinule. -गुण a. having a cypher as a multiplier. -गोलः the celestial sphere. ˚विद्या astronomy. -चमसः the moon. -चर a. flying, moving in the air. (-रः) or खेचरः 1 a bird. -2 a cloud. -3 the sun. -4 the wind. -5 a demon. -6 an aerial spirit. -7 a Gandharva or Vidyādhara खचरनगरकल्पं कल्पितं शास्त्रदृष्ट्या Mb.7.7.54; दिव्यस्रग्वस्त्रसन्नाहाः कलत्रैः खेचरा इव Bhāg.1.82.9. -8 a planet. (hence the number 'nine'). -9 mercury or quicksilver. -1 a sign of the zodiac. (-री i. e. खेचरी) 1 a semi-divine female able to fly. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -3 The magical power of flying (सिद्धि); एवं सखीभिरुक्ताहं खेचरी- सिद्धिलोलुभा Ks.2.15. -4 a particular मुद्रा or position of fingers. -चारिन् a. moving in the air. (-m.) an epithet of Skanda. -जलम् 'sky-water', dew, rain, frost &c. -ज्योतिस् m. a firefly. -तमालः 1 a cloud. -2 smoke. -तिलकः the sun, -द्योतः 1 a firefly; खद्योतालीविलसितनिभां विद्युदुन्मेषदृष्टिम् Me.83. -2 the sun. -द्योतनः the sun. -धूपः a rocket; मुमुचुः खधूपान् Bk.3.5. -परागः darkness. -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower', used figuratively to denote anything impossible, an impossibility; cf. the four impossibilities stated in this verse :-- मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः शशशृङ्गधनुर्धरः । एष वन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः Subhāṣ. -बाष्पः dew, frost. -भ्रमः a planet. -भ्रान्तिः a falcon. -मणिः 'the jewel of the sky', the sun. -मीलनम् sleepiness, lassitude. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva; a celestial body or person; Ms.2.82. -वारि n. rain-water, dew &c. -बाष्पः snow, hoar-frost. -शय (also खेशय) a. resting or dwelling in the air. -शरीरम् a celestial body. -श्वासः wind, air. -समुत्थ, -संभव a. produced in the sky, ethereal. -सिन्धुः the moon. -सूचि See under that word. -स्तनी the earth. -स्फटिकम् the sun or moon gem. -हर a. having a cypher for its denominator.
gaṇaḥ गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्] 1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः -2 A series, a class. -3 A body of followers or attendants. -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13. -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects. -6 A company, association. -7 A tribe, class. -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons). -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion). -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21. -11 A number (in math.). -12 A foot (in prosody). -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू. -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals. -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219. -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (-रः) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms.3.154. -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead. -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 of Śiva. -उत्साहः the rhinoceros. -कारः 1 a classifier. -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena. -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times. -गतिः a particular high number. -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men. -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet. -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection. -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class. -2 performance of rites for a number of persons. -दीक्षिन् a. 1 one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa. -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them :-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥ -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187. -2 a variety of articles. -धरः 1 the head of a class or number. -2 the teacher of a school. -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13. -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman]. -3 also an epithet of Bṛihaspati and Indra. -4 the leader of a class or troop. -पर्वत see गणाचल. -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule. -पीठकम् the breast, bosom. -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24. -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad. -भर्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of a class. -भोजनम् mess, eating in common. -यज्ञः a rite common to all. -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna. -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14. -रात्रम् a series of nights. -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12. -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्. -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume.
gandhaḥ गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.
gir गिर् a. [गॄ-क्विप् वा टाप्] Ved. Addressing, invoking. -f. (nom. sing. गीः; instr. dual गीर्भ्याम् &c.) 1 Speech, words, language; वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53;3.72; भवतीनां सूनृतयैव गिरा कृतमातिथ्यम् Ś.1; प्रवृत्तिसाराः खलु मादृशां गिरः Ki.1.25; Śi.2.15; Y.1.71. -2 Invocation, praise, song. -3 N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech and learning. -4 Intellect; cf. गिर्धीः Enm. -5 Knowledge from hearing (श्रवणजज्ञान); प्रपूर्वगौ पूर्वजौ चित्रभानू गिरा वा$$शंसामि तपसा ह्यनन्तौ Mb.1. 3.57 com. -Comp. -देवी (गीर्देवी) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -पतिः (written as गीःपतिः, गीष्पतिः and गीर्पतिः) 1 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. -2 a learned man; so गिरीशः, -रथः (गीरथः) N. of Bṛihaspati. -वा (बा) णः (गीर्वाण) a god, deity; परिमलो गीर्वाणचेतोहरः Bv.1.63,84. ˚कुसुमम् cloves.
giri गिरि a. [गॄ-इ किच्च Uṇ.4.142] Venerable, respectable, worshipful. -रिः 1 A hill, mountain, an elevation; पश्याधः खनने मूढ गिरयो न पतन्ति किम् Subhāṣ.; ननु प्रवाते$पि निष्कम्पा गिरयः Ś.6. -2 a huge rock. -3*** A disease of the eyes. -4 An honorific title given to Saṁnyāsins; e. g. आनन्दगिरिः -5 (In math.) The number 'eight'. -6 A ball with which children play (गेन्दुक). -7 A cloud. -8 A peculiar defect in quicksilver. -रिः f. 1 Swallowing. -2 A rat; mouse (written also गिरी in this sense). -Comp. -इन्द्रः 1 a high mountain. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 the Himālaya mountain. -4 a term for the number 'eight'. -ईशः 1 an epithet of the Himālaya mountain. -2 an epithet of Śiva; सुतां गिरीशप्रतिसक्तमानसाम् Ku.5.3. -कच्छपः a species of tortoise living in mountains. -कण्टकः Indra's thunderbolt. -कदम्बः, -म्बकः a species of the Kadamba tree. -कन्दरः a cave, cavern. -कर्णिका the earth. -काणः a blind or one-eyed man. -काननम् a mountain-grove. -कूटम् the summit of a mountain. -गङ्गा N. of a river. -गुडः a ball for playing with. -गुहा a mountain-cave. -चर a. roaming or wandering on a mountain; गिरिचर इव नागः प्राणसारं बिभर्ति Ś.2.4. (-रः) a thief. -ज a. mountain-born. (-जम्) 1 talc. -2 red chalk. -3 benzoin. -4 bitumen. -5 iron. (-जा) 1 N. of Pārvatī (the daughter of Himālaya). -2 the hill plantain (पर्वतकदली) -3 the Mallikā creeper. -4 an epithet of the Ganges. -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -सुतः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Gaṇeśa. ˚धवः, ˚पतिः an epithet of Śiva; Ks.56.43. ˚मलम् talc. -जालम् a range of mountains. -ज्वरः Indra's thunderbolt. -त्रः N. of Śiva; अहं गिरित्रश्च Bhāg.8.6.15. -दुर्गम् a hill-fort, any stronghold among mountains; नृदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं वा समाश्रित्य वसेत्पुरम् Ms.7.7,71. -द्वारम् a mountain-pass. -धातुः red chalk; बालार्कसमवर्णेन तेजसा गिरिधातुना Rām.2.95.19. (v. l.) -ध्वजम् Indra's thunderbolt. -नगरम् N. of a district in Dakṣiṇāpatha. -णदी or नदी a mountain-torrent, rill. -णद्ध (नद्ध) a. enclosed by a mountain. -नन्दिनी 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 of the Ganges. -3 a river in general (flowing from a mountain;) कलिन्दगिरिनन्दिनी- तटसुरद्रुमालम्बिनी Bv.4.3. -णितम्बः (नितम्बः) the declivity of a mountain. -पीलुः N. of a fruit-tree. -पुष्पकम् bitumen. -पृष्ठः the top of a hill; Ms.7.147. -प्रपातः the declivity or slope of a mountain; -प्रस्थः the tableland of a mountain; Rām.2. -प्रिया a female of the Bos Grunniens. -बान्धवः an epithet of Śiva -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra. (-f.) a river (breaking through a mountain). -भू a. mountain-born. (-भूः f.) 1 an epithet of the Ganges. -2 of Pārvatī. -मल्लिका the Kuṭaja tree. -मानः an elephant, especially a large and powerful one. -मृद् f., -मृद्भवम् 1 red chalk. -2 mountain soil. -राज् m. 1 a high mountain. -2 an epithet of the Himālaya. -राजः the Himālaya mountain. -व्रजम् N. of a city in Magadha. -शालः a kind of bird. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. (-गम्) the peak of a mountain. -षद् (सद्) m. an epithet of Śiva. -सानु n. table-land. -सारः 1 iron. -2 tin. -3 an epithet of the Malaya mountain. -सुतः the Maināka mountain. -सुता an epithet of Pārvatī. -स्रवा a mountaintorrent; गिरिस्रवाभिः सर्वाभिः पृष्ठतो$नुगता शुभा Mb.13.14.25.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
gaurī गौरी 1 N. of Pārvatī; as in गौरीनाथ. -2 A young girl eight years old; अष्टवर्षा भवेद्गौरी. -3 A young girl prior to menstruation, virgin, maid; स्त्रीणां सहस्रं गौरीणाम् Mb.1.221.49. -4 A woman with a white or yellowish complexion. -5 The earth; गौर्यां गच्छति सुश्रोणि लोकेष्वेषा गतिः सदा Mb.13.146.1. -6 Turmeric. -7 A yellow pigment or dye; (called गोरोचना). -8 The wife of Varuṇa; वरुणस्य तथा गौरी Mb.13.146.5. -9 The Mallikā creeper. -1 The Tulasī plant -11 The Manjishṭhā plant. -12 Speech. -13 N. of a Nāgakanyā. cf. ...... गौरी तु नागकन्योमयोर्मता Nm. -14 N. of a river; L. D. B. -15 Night; L. D. B. -16 N. of a Rāgiṇi. -Comp. -कान्तः, -नाथः an epithet of Śiva. -गुरुः the Himālaya mountain; गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2.26; Ki.5.21. -चतुर्थी, -पूजा the 4th day of the bright half of माघ; a festival on this day. -जः N. of Kārtikeya. (-जम्) talc. -नाथः N. of Śiva; गौरीनाथं पवनतनयं चम्पकं चास्य भावम् Udb. Bh.3.123. -पट्टः the horizontal plate of the Linga of Śiva. -पुत्रः N. of Kārtikeya. -ललितम् a yellow orpiment. -सुतः 1 N. of Kārtikeya. -2 the son of a girl married when 8 years old.
ghṛtācī घृताची a. 1 Greasy, abounding in ghee. -2 Containing water. -3 Shining. -f. 1 Night. -2 N. of Sarasvatī. -3 N. of an apsaras; N.2.19 (the following are the principal nymphs of Indra's heaven; घृताची मेनका रम्भा उर्वशी च तिलोत्तमा । सुकेशी मञ्जुघोषाद्याः कथ्यन्ते$- प्सरसो बुधैः). -Comp. -गर्भसंभवा large cardamoms.
camasaḥ चमसः सम् [चमत्यस्मिन्, चम्-असच् Tv.] 1 A vessel (can, ladle &c.) used at sacrifices for drinking the Soma juice; Y.1.183 (also चमसी); इडोदरे चमसाः कर्ण- रन्ध्रे Bhāg.3.13.36. -2 A cake made of barley, rice &c. -Comp. -अध्वर्युः the priest who manages the drinking vessels. -उद्भेदः, -दनम् N. of place of pilgrimage where the river Sarasvatī is said to have burst forth.
campakāluḥ चम्पकालुः The jack or bread-fruit tree. चम्पकावती campakāvatī चम्पा campā चम्पावती campāvatī चम्पकावती चम्पा चम्पावती N. of an ancient city on the Ganges, capital of the Aṅgas and identified with the modern Bhagalapur.
citra चित्र a. [चित्र्-भावे अच्; चि-ष्ट्रन् वा Uṇ.4.163] 1 Bright, clear. -2 Variegated, spotted, diversified. -3 amusing, interesting, agreeable; Māl.1.4. -4 Various, different, manifold; Pt.1.136; Ms.9.248; Y.1.288. -5 Surprising, wonderful, strange; किमत्र चित्रम् R.5.33; Ś.2.15. -6 Perceptible, visible. -7 Conspicuous, excellent, distinguished; न यद्वचश्चित्रपदं हरेर्यशो जगत्पवित्रं प्रगृणीत कर्हिचित् Bhāg.1.5.1. -8 Rough, agitated (as the sea, opp सम). -9 Clear, loud, perceptible (as a sound). -त्रः 1 The variegated colour. -2 A form of Yama. -3 The Aśoka tree. -4 = चित्रगुप्त q. v. below. -त्रम् 1 A picture, painting, delineation चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.9; पुनरपि चित्रीकृता कान्ता Ś.6.2,13,21 &c. -2 A brilliant ornament or ornament. -3 An extraordinary appearance, wonder. -4 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -5 Heaven, sky. -6 A spot. -7 The white or spotted leprosy. -8 (In Rhet.) The last of the three main divisions of Kāvya (poetry). (It is of two kinds शब्दचित्र and अर्थ-वाच्य-चित्र, and the poetical charm lies mainly in the use of figures of speech dependent on the sound and sense of words. Mammaṭa thus defines it :-- शब्दचित्रं वाज्यचित्रमव्यङ्ग्यं त्ववरं स्मृतम् K. P.1. As an instance of शब्दचित्र may be cited the following verse from R. G. मित्रात्रिपुत्रनेत्राय त्रयीशात्रवशत्रवे । गोत्रारिगोत्रजैत्राय गोत्रात्रे ते नमो नमः ॥ -9 Anything bright which strikes the eye. -1 Playing upon words, punning, using conundrums, riddles &c. -11 A lotus. ...... मङ्गले तिलके हेम्नि व्योम्नि पद्मे नपुंसकम् । Nm. -त्रम् ind. Oh !, how strange !, what a wonder ! चित्रं बधिरो नाम व्याकरणमध्येष्यते Sk. -Comp. -अक्षी, -नेत्रा, -लोचना a kind of bird commonly called Sārikā. -अङ्ग a. striped, having a spotted body. (-ङ्गः) 1 a kind of snake. -2 N. of Arjuna. (-ङ्गम्) 1 vermilion. -2 yellow orpiment. -अङ्गद a. decked with brilliant bracelets. (-दा) N. of a wife of Arjuna and mother of Babhruvāhana. -अङ्गदसूः f. an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -अन्नम् rice dressed with coloured condiments; Y.1.34. -अपूपः a kind of cake. -अर्पित a. committed to a picture, painted. ˚आरम्भ a. painted; चित्रार्पितारम्भ इवावतस्थे R.2.31; Ku.3.42. -आकृतिः f. a painted resemblance, portrait. -आयसम् steel. -आरम्भः a painted scene, outline of a picture; V.1.4. v. l. -उक्तिः f. 1 agreeable or frequent discourse; जयन्ति ते पञ्चममित्रचित्रोक्तिसंदर्भविभूषणेषु Vikr.1. -2 a voice from heaven. -3 a surprising tale. -ओदनः boiled rice coloured with turmeric &c. -कण्ठः pigeon. -कथालापः telling agreeable or charming stories. -कम्बलः 1 painted cloth used as an elephant's housing -2 a variegated carpet. -कर 1 a painter. -2 an actor. -कर्मन् n. 1 an extraordinary act; धीर्न चित्रीयते कस्माद- भित्तौ चित्रकर्मणा Ks.6.5. -2 ornamenting, decorating. -3 a picture; Mu.2.4. -4 magic. (-m.) 1 a magician, one who works wonders. -2 a painter. ˚विद् m. 1 a painter. -2 a magician. -कायः 1 a tiger in general. -2 a leopard or panther. -कारः 1 a painter. -2 N. of a mixed tribe; (स्थपतेरपि गान्धिक्यां चित्रकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -कूटः N. of a hill and district near Prayāga; दृप्तः कुकुद्मानिव चित्रकूटः R.12;15;13.47, U.1. -कृत् a. astonishing, surprising. (-m.) a painter. -कोलः a kind of lizard. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् painting; आहूय स्वसुता- वासे चित्रकृत्ये न्ययुङ्क्त माम् Ks.71.82. -क्षत्र a. Ved. having manifold power, or one whose wealth is visible; चित्रक्षत्र चित्रतमं वयोधाम् Rv.6.6.7. -ग, -गत a. 1 painted, drawn in a picture; संपूर्णलक्षणा देवी प्रतिभाति स्म चित्रगा Ks.5.31. -2 coloured, variegated. -गन्धम् yellow orpiment. -गुप्तः one of the beings in Yama's world recording the vices and virtues of mankind; नामान्येषां लिखामि ध्रुवमहम- धुना चित्रगुप्तः प्रमार्ष्टु Mu.1.2. -गृहम् a painted room. -जल्पः a random or incoherent talk, talk on various subjects. -तण्डुलम् a medicinal plant said to possess anthelmintic virtues. -त्वच् m. the Bhūrja tree. -दण्डकः the cotton-plant. -धा ind. in many ways; तर्कयामास चित्रधा Bhāg.3.13.2. -न्यस्त a. painted, drawn in a picture; Ku.2.24. -पक्षः the francoline partridge. -पटः, -ट्टः 1 a painting, a picture. -2 a coloured or chequered cloth. -पद a. 1 divided into various parts. -2 full of graceful expressions. -पादा the bird called Sārikā. -पिच्छकः a peacock. -पुङ्खः a kind of arrow. -पृष्ठः a sparrow. -प्रतिकृतिः f. representation in colours, a painting, a picture. -फलः, -फलकः A kind of large flat fish; L. D. B. -फला 1 A smaller kind of flat fish. -2 N. of several plants. -फलकम् a tablet for painting, a picture-board. -बर्हः a peacock; -भानु a. of a variegated colour, shining with light; चित्रभानुरुषसां भात्यग्रे R.7.9.3; प्रपूर्वगौ पूर्वजौ चित्रभानू Mb.1.3.57. (-नुः) 1 fire; पुच्छैः शिरोभिश्च भृशं चित्रभानुं प्रपेदिरे Mb.1.53. 5. -2 the sun; (चित्रभानुर्विभातीति दिने रवौ रात्रौ वह्नौ K. P. 2 given as an instance of one of the modes of अञ्जन). -3 N. of Bhairava. -4 the Arka plant. -5 Śiva. -6 an epithet of the Aśvins. -7 the first year of the first cycle of Jupiter. -भाष्यम् A diplomatic speech; Mb. 5.35.71. -भूत a. painted. -मण्डलः a kind of snake. -मृगः the spotted antelope. -मेखलः a peacock. -योधिन् a. fighting in a wonderful manner; लब्धास्त्रश्चित्रयोधी च मनस्वी च दृढवतः 5.17.3. (-m.) an epithet of Arjuna. -रथः 1 the sun. -2 N. of a king of the Gandharvas, one of the sixteen sons of Kaśyapa by his wife Muni; अत्र मुनेस्तनयश्चित्रसेनादीनां पञ्चदशानां भ्रातॄणामधिको गुणैः षोडश- श्चित्ररथो नाम समुत्पन्नः K.136; V.1. -लिखनम् painting. -लिखित a. 1 painted. -2 dumb, motionless (as in a picture). -लेख a. of beautiful outlines, highly arched; रुचिस्तव कलावती रुचिरचित्रलेखे श्रुवौ Gīt.1. (-खा) 1 a portrait, picture. -2 N. of a friend and companion of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa. [When Uṣā related to her her dream, she suggested the idea of taking the portraits of all young princes in the neighbourhood; and on Uṣā's recognising Aniruddha, Chitralekhā, by means of her magical power, conveyed him to her palace.] -लेखकः a painter. -लेखनिका a painter's brush. -वदालः the sheat-fish. -वनम् N. of a forest near the Gaṇḍakī. -वाजः a cock. -विचित्र a. 1 variously coloured, variegated. -2 multiform. -विद्या the art of painting. -शाला a painter's studio. -शिखण्डिन् m. an epithet of the seven sages :--मरीचि, अङ्गिरस्, अत्रि, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ; मरीचिरत्र्यङ्गिरसौ पुलस्त्यः पुलहः क्रतुः । वसिष्ठश्च महातेजास्ते हि चित्रशिखण्डिनः ॥ Mb.12.335.29. ˚जः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -शिरस् m. -शीर्षकः a kind of venomous insect. -श्रीः great or wonderful beauty. -संस्थ a. painted. -हस्तः a particular position of the hands in fighting.
chyu छ्यु 1 Ā. (छयवते) To go, move, approach. 1 the Supreme deity. -2 Śiva. -3 Nārada. -4 Brahmās -5 Viṣṇu. -चक्षुस् m. the sun. -चन्द्रिका Bhaṭṭotpala'. commentary on Bṛihatsaṁhitā (also called चिन्तामणि). -चित्रम् a wonder of the universe; पश्येदानीं जगच्चित्रम् Rām.7.34.9. -जीवः a living being; एक एको जगज्जीवैरियेष स्वात्मपोषणम् Rāj. T.2.25. -त्रयम् the three worlds i. e. heaven, earth and the lower world. -दीपः the sun. -धात्री 1 Durgā. -2 Sarasvatī. -नाथः 1 the lord of the universe. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Dattātreya. -4 N. of a country. -5 N. of an idol at Jagannātha. -6 N. of a poet. (-थौ) Viṣṇu and Śiva. (-था) N. of Durgā. -निवासः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; जगन्निवासो वसुदेवसद्मानि Śi.1.1. -3 wordly existence. -पतिः God, Lord of the universe; यदा च तस्याधिगमे जगत्पतेः Ku. -प्रभुः 1 an epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -2 an Arhat of the Jainas. -प्राणः, -बलः wind. -बीजम् N. of Śiva. -मातृ f. 1 Durgā. -2 Lākṣmī. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Brahmā. (-निः f.) the earth. -वन्द्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. विनाशः the expiration of Yugas. -वहा the earth. -साक्षिन् m. 1 the Supreme spirit. -2. the sun. -सेतुः the Supreme Being. -स्रष्टृ m. 1 the creator of the world. -2 Brahmā. -3 Śiva. -स्वामित्वम् the sovereignty of the world; जगत्स्वामित्वलाभः प्रभोः Ratn. 4.19.
jamadagniḥ जमदग्निः A Brāhmaṇa and descendant of Bhṛigu and father of Paraśurāma. [Jamadagni was the son of Ṛichika and Satyavatī. He was a pious sage, deeply engaged in study, and is said to have obtained entire possession of the Vedas. His wife was Reṇukā who bore him five sons. One day when she had gone out to bathe, she beheld a loving pair of Gandharvas (according to some Chitraratha and his queen) sporting and playing in the water. The lovely sight made her feel envious of their pleasure, and she returned defiled by unworthy thoughts, 'wetted but not purified by the stream' Her husband, who was anger incarnate, seeing her shorn of the lustre of her sanctity, furiously scolded her, and ordered his sons, as they came in, to cut off her head. But the first four sons shrank from that cruel deed. It was only Paraśurāma, the youngest, that with characteristic obedience to his father's command, struck off her head with his axe. The deed pacified the father's anger, and he desired Paraśurāma to ask a boon. The kind-hearted son begged that his mother might be restored to life which the father readily granted.]
jāmbavat जाम्बवत् m. N. of a king of bears who was of signal service to Rāma at the siege of Laṅkā. He was also noted for his medical skill. [This same Jāmbavat appears to have lived up to the time of Kṛisna, or perhaps he was another being of that time; for there was a fight between Kṛiṣṇa and Jāmbavat for the Syamantaka jewel which the latter had got from Prasena, brother of Satrājit. Kṛiṣṇa vanquished Jāmbavat, who placed the jewel, along with his daughter Jāmbavatī, at his entire disposal.] जाम्बीरम् (-लम्) A citron. -लम् Ved. The knee-pan.
jūḥ जूः f. 1 Speed. -2 Atmosphere. -3 A female demon. -4 An epithet of Sarasvatī. -5 Going speedily, quick motion. -6 A mark on the forehead of horses and oxen.
jñānam ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7. -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22. -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously. -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3. -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18. -6 Conscience. -7 The Supreme spirit. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The Vedas taken collectively. -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5. -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3. -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37. -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly. -अपोहः forgetfulness. -अभ्यासः 1 study. -2 thinking, reflection. -आत्मन् a. all wise. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय). -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड). -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally. -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding. -घन m. pure or mere knowledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24. -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man. -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God. -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge. -दः a preceptor. -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge. -निश्चयः certainty, ascertainment. -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134. -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a teacher, preceptor. -पूर्व a. preceded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89. -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise. -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise. -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge. -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher. -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3. -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge. -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41. -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c. -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8. -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling. -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. -2 an organ of perception.
jhaṣaḥ झषः 1 A fish in general; झषाणां मकरश्चास्मि Bg.1.31; cf. words like झषकेतन below. -2 A large fish. -3 The sign Pisces of the zodiac. -4 Heat, warmth. -5 The sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -षम् 1 A forest, wood. -2 A desert, dreary forest. -Comp. -अङ्कः, -केतनः, -केतुः, -ध्वजः N. of the god of love; स्त्रीमुद्रां झषकेतनस्य Pt.4.34; स्वं कर्म कारयन्नास्ते निश्चिन्तो या झषध्वजः Bk.8.48. -अशनः a porpoise. -उदरी an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -राजः a. crocodile, ... झषराजकुण्डलत्विषो- ल्लसच्छ्रीवदनाम्बुजः ... Bhāg.8.18.2.
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
dākṣāyaṇī दाक्षायणी [दक्षस्यापत्यं स्त्री इञि फक्-ङीप्] 1 Any one of the 27 lunar mansions (they being mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa). -2 N. of Diti, wife of Kasyapa and mother of the demons. Bhāg.8.4.22. -3 N. of Pārvatī. -4 The lunar constellation called Revatī. -5 N. of Kadru or Vinatā. -6 N. of Aditi, mother of the gods. -7 The Dantī plant. -Comp. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the moon. -पुत्रः a god.
dāśaḥ दाशः 1 A fisherman; इयं च सज्जा नौश्चेति दाशाः प्राञ्ज- लयो$ब्रुवन् Rām.7.46.32; Ms.8.48,49;1.34. -2 A servant, (दास q. v.). -Comp. -ग्रामः a village mostly inhabited by fisherman. -नन्दिनी an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.
dāśe दाशे (से) यः The son of a fisherman's wife. -यी An epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; समीक्ष्य राजा दाशेयीं कामयामास शान्तनुः Mb.1.1.5.
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
dṛṣadvat दृषद्वत् a. Stony, rocky. -ती 1 N. of a river flowing into the Sarasvatī and forming the eastern boundary of the Aryāvarta; cf. Ms.2.17. -2 An epithet of Durgā.
deva देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.
devī देवी 1 A female deity, a goddess. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 N. of Sarasvatī. -4 N. of Sāvitrī. -5 A queen, especially a crowned queen (अग्रमहिषी who has undergone the consecration along with her husband); प्रेष्य- भावेन नामेयं देवीशब्दक्षमा सती । स्नायीयवस्त्रक्रियया पत्त्रोर्णं वोपयुज्यते M.5.12; देवीभावं गमिता परिवारपदं कथं भजत्येषा K. P.1. -6 A respectful title applied to a lady of the first rank. -7 A kind of bird (श्यामा). -8 A particular supernatural power (कुण्डलिनी). -Comp. -कोटः 1 the city of Bāṇa (शोणितपुर). -2 Devikotta (on the Coromandal coast). -गृहम् 1 the temple of a goddess. -2 the apartment of a queen. -पुराणम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -भागवतम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -भावः the dignity of a queen. -सूक्तम् a Sūkta addressed to Devī.
dvāra द्वार (रि) का N. of the capital of Kṛiṣṇa on the western point of Gujarath (for a description of Dvārakā, see Śi.3.33-63). -Comp. -ईशः, -नाथः, -पतिः epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. द्वारवती dvāravatī द्वारावती dvārāvatī द्वारवती द्वारावती = द्वारका q. v.
dharaṇiḥ धरणिः णी f. [धृ-अनि वा ङीप्] 1 The earth; लुठति धरणिशयने बहु विलपति तव नाम Gīt.5. -2 Ground, soil. -3 A beam for a roof. -4 A vein. -Comp. -ईश्वरः 1 a king. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Śiva. -कीलकः a mountain. -कोश N. of the Dictionary of धरणीदास. -जः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः an epithet of Mars; Mb.9.11.17. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. -जा, -पुत्री, -सुता an epithet of Sītā, daughter of Janaka (as born from the earth). -तलम् the surface of the earth. -धरः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a mountain, सर्वतो मामविध्यन्त सरथं धरणीधरैः Mb.3.172.9; hence ˚सुता = Pārvatī; अन्यं तेनैव तुल्यं धरणिधरसुता प्रार्थयामास पत्यौ Sūkti.5.96. -4 a tortoise. -5 a king. -6 an elephant fabled to support the earth. -धृत m. 1 a mountain. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śeṣa; माहात्म्यं श्रोतुमिच्छामि शेषस्य धरणीधृतः Hariv. -पतिः a king. -पूरः, -प्लवः the ocean. -बिडौजस् m. a king; उदभूदथ तत्र नन्दनः शरभोजिर्धरणीबिडौ- जसः Śāhendra.2.37. -भृत् m. 1 a king. -2 a mountain. -3 Viṣṇu. -4 Śeṣa. -मण्डलम् the globe. -रुहः a tree.
dhenukā धेनुका 1 A female elephant. -2 A milch-cow. -3 A gift, an offering. -4 A female animal in general. -5 A dagger; L.D.B. -6 Pārvatī; स्त्रियां स्याद्धेनुका वाजियोषित्यपि पशौ गीव । भवान्यां च कृपाण्यां च प्रसूताकरि- योषितोः ॥ Nm.
nakṣatram नक्षत्रम् [न क्षरति; cf. Uṇ.3.15 also] 1 A star in general. -2 A constellation, an asterism in the moon's path, lunar mansion; नक्षत्राणामहं शशी Bg.1.21. नक्षत्र- ताराग्रहसंकुलापि R.6.22; (they are twenty-seven). -3 A pearl. -4 A necklace of 27 pearls. -Comp. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -नाथः, -पः, -पतिः, -राजः the moon; R.6.66. -उपजीविन् an astrologer. -कान्तिविस्तारः the white Yāvanāla flower. -चक्रम् 1 the sphere of the fixed stars. -2 the lunar asterisms taken collectively. -जातम् birth when the moon is in a particular Nakṣatra. -दर्शः an astronomer or astrologer. -नेमिः 1 the moon. -2 the pole-star. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-मिः f.) Revatī, the last asterism. -पथः the starry sky. -पाठकः an astrologer. -पुरुषः 1 (in astr.) the figure of a man's body on the limbs of which are shown the various asterisms. -भोगः the diurnal period of a Nakṣatra; भभोगो$ष्टशती लिप्ता Sūrya-siddhānta. -माला 1 a group of stars. -2 a necklace of twenty-seven pearls; 'सैव नक्षत्रमाला स्यात् सप्तविंशतिमौक्तिकैः' Ak.; Śi.18.35; नक्षत्रमालाभरणमिव मदनद्विपस्य; K.; Kau. A.2. 11. -3 the table of the asterisms in the moon's path. -4 a kind of neck-ornament of elephants; अनङ्गवारण- शिरोनक्षत्रमालायमानेन मेखलादाम्ना K.11. -मालिनी N. of a flowering creeper (Mar. जाई). -योगः the conjunction of the moon with the lunar mansions. -लोकः the starry region, the firmament. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky. -विद्या astronomy or astrology; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -वृष्टिः f. shooting of falling stars. -साधनम् calculation for the fixation of auspicious periods of Nakṣatras. -सूचकः a bad astrologer; तिथ्युत्पत्तिं न जानन्ति ग्रहाणां नैव साधनम् । परवाक्येन वर्तन्ते ते वै नक्षत्रसूचकाः ॥ or अविदित्वैव यः शास्त्रं दैवज्ञत्वं प्रपद्यते । स पङ्क्तिदूषकः पापो ज्ञेयो नक्षत्रसूचकः ॥ Bṛi. S.2.17,18.
nagaḥ नगः [न गच्छति, गम्-ड] 1 A mountain; हिमालयो नाम नगाधिराजः Ku.1.1;7.72; न गजा नगजा दयिता दयिताः Bk. 1.9. -2 A tree; अभ्यधावत् क्षितितलं सनगं परिकम्पयन् Bhāg. 1.15.29; Śi.6.79. -3 A plant in general. -4 The sun. -5 A serpent. -6 The number 'seven' (from सप्तकुलाचल-गिरि). -Comp. -अटनः a monkey. -अधिपः, -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः 1 Himālaya (the lord of mountains); रश्मिष्विवादाय नगेन्द्रसक्तां निवर्तयामास नृपस्य दृष्टिम् R.2.28. -2 the Sumeru mountain. -अरिः an epithet of Indra; नगाह्वयो नाम नगारिसूनुः Mb. -आपगा, -निम्नगा a mountainriver, torrent; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1; सपत्नीः प्रापयन्त्यब्धिं सिन्धवो नगनिम्नगाः Śi.2.14. -आवासः a peacock. -उच्छ्रायः the height of a mountain. -उत्था, -मुस्ता N. of a plant (Mar. नागरमोथा). -ओकस m. 1 a bird (in general). -2 crow. -3 a lion. -4 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -ज a. produced in a mountain, mountain-born; Bk.1.9. (-जः) an elephant. -जा, -नन्दिनी epithets of Pārvatī. -नदी f. A mountain-river; see नगापगा; विश्रान्तः सन् व्रज नगनदीतीर- जातानि सिञ्चन् Me. -पतिः 1 the Himālaya mountain. भजामस्त्वां गौरीं नगपतिकिशोरीमविरतम् A. L.3. -2 the moon (as the lord of plants and herbs). -भिद् m. 1 an axe. -2 an epithet of Indra; उद्धृतनग नगभिदनुज दनुजकुलामित्र मित्रशशिदृष्टे Āchārya-Ṣaṭpadī 4. -3 a crow. -मूर्धन् m. the crest or brow of a mountain. -रन्ध्रकरः an epithet of Kārtikeya; अभवदस्य ततो गुणवत्तरं सनगरं नगरन्ध्रकरौजसः R.9.2. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva.
namuciḥ नमुचिः [न मुञ्चति] 1 N. of a demon slain by Indra; वनमुचे नमुचेररये शिरः R.9.22. [When Indra conquered the Asuras, there was only one called Namuchi who strongly resisted and at last captured him. He offered to let Indra go provided he promised 'not to kill by day or by night, with wet or dry'. Indra promised to do so and was released, but he cut off Namuchi's head at twilight and with foam of water (which is neither wet nor dry). According to another version Namuchi was a friend of Indra, and once drank up his strength and made him quite imbecile. The Aśvins (and Sarasvatī also, as the story goes) then supplied Indra with a Vajra with which he cut off the demon's head]. -2 N. of the god of love. -Comp. -सूदनः, -द्विष्, -हन् m. epithets of Indra; विगृह्य चक्रे नमुचिद्विषा बली य इत्थमस्वास्थ्यमहर्निशं दिवः Śi.1.51.
padma पद्म a. [पद्-मन्] Lotus-hued. -द्मम् 1 A lotus (m. also in this sense); Nelumbium Speciosum (variety red); पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम्. -2 A lotus-like ornament. -3 The form or figure of a lotus. -4 The root of a lotus. -5 The coloured marks on the trunk and face of an elephant; कालः किरातः स्फुटपद्मकस्य वधं व्यधा- द्यस्य दिनद्विपस्य N.22.9; -6 An army arrayed in the form of a lotus; पद्मेन चैव व्यूहेन निविशेत सदा स्वयम् Ms.7. 188. -7 A particular high number (one thousand billions). -8 Lead. -9 N. given by the Tāntrikas to the six divisions of the upper part of the body called Chakras. -1 A mark or mole on the human body. -11 A spot. -12 N. of a particular part of a column. -द्मः A kind of temple. -2 N. of a quarter-elephant. ये पद्मकल्पैरपि च द्विपेन्द्रैः Bu. Ch.2.3. -3 A species of serpent. -4 An epithet of Rāma. -5 One of the nine treasures of Kubera; see नवनिधि. -6 A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -7 A particular posture of the body in religious meditation. -8 One of the eight treasures connected with the magical art called पद्मिनी. -द्मा 1 N. of Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune, and wife of Viṣṇu; (तं) पद्मा पद्मातपत्रेण भेजे साम्राज्य- दीक्षितम् R.4.5. -2 Cloves. -Comp. -अक्ष a. lotuseyed; रामं दूर्वादलश्यामं पद्माक्षं पीतवाससम् Rāmarakśā 25, (-क्षः) an epithet of Viṣṇu or the sun; (-क्षम्) the seed of a lotus. -अटः Cassia Tora (Mar. टाकळा). -अन्तरम्, -रः a lotus-leaf. -आकरः 1 a large tank of pond abounding in lotuses. -2 a pond or pool or water in general. -3 a lotus-pool. -4 an assemblage of lotuses; पद्माकरं दिनकरो विकचीकरोति Bh.2.73. -आलयः an epithet of Brahman, the creator. (-या) 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī. -2 cloves. -आसनम् 1 a lotus-seat; प्रणेमतुस्तौ पितरौ प्रजानां पद्मासनस्थाय पितामहाय Ku.7.86. -2 a particular posture in religious meditation; ऊरुमूले वाम- पादं पुनस्तु दक्षिणं पदम् । वामोरौ स्थापयित्वा तु पद्मासनमिति स्मृतम् ॥; ध्यायेदाजानुबाहुं धृतशरधनुषं बद्धपद्मासनस्थम् Rāmaraṣā 1. -3 a kind of coitus. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the sun. -आह्वम् cloves. -उद्भवः an epithet of Brahman. -कर, -हस्त a. holding a lotus. (-रः, -स्तः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a lotus like hand. -3 N. of the sun. (-रा, -स्ता) N. of Lakṣmī. -कर्णिका 1 the pericarp of a lotus. -2 the central part of an army arrayed in the form of a lotus. -कलिका a lotus-bud, an unblown lotus. -काष्ठम् a fragrant wood used in medicine. -केशरः, -रम् the filament of a lotus. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 the calyx of a lotus. -2 a position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus. -खण्डम्, -षण्डम् a multitude of lotuses. -गन्ध, -गन्धि a. lotus-scented, or as fragrant as or smelling like a lotus. (-न्धम्, -गन्धि n.) = पद्मकाष्ठ q. v. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Buddha. -5 the sun. -6 the inside or middle of a lotus; पद्मगर्भादिवोद्धृतम् Kāv.2.41. -गुणा, -गृहा 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 cloves. -जः, -जातः, -भवः, -भूः, -योनिः, -संभवः epithets of Brahman, the lotus-born god. -तन्तुः the fibrous stalk of a lotus. -नाभः, -भिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; शान्ताकारं भुजगशयनं पद्मनाभं सुरेशम्. -नाभः 1 N. of the eleventh month (reckoned from मार्गशीर्ष). -2 a magical formula spoken over weapons. -नालम् a lotus-stalk. -निधिः a treasure of the value of a Padma. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 N. of Buddha. -3 N. of the sun. -4 of Viṣṇu. -पुष्पः the Karṇikāra plant. -प्रिया the goddess Manasā, the wife of sage Jaratkāru. -बन्धः a kind of artificial composition in which the words are arranged in the form of a lotus-flower; see K. P.9. ad. loc. -बन्धुः 1 the sun, -2 a bee. -बीजम् the seed of a lotus. -भासः an epithet of Śiva. -मालिनी the goddess of wealth. -मुद्रा (-द्रिका) a particular pose according to Tantraśāstra; हस्तौ तु संमुखौ कृत्वा तदधः प्रोथिताङ्गुली । तलान्तर्मिलिताङ्गुष्ठौ कृत्वैषा पद्ममुद्रिका ॥ Tantrasāra. -रागः, -गम् a ruby; R.13.53;17.23; Ku.3.53; Kau. A.2.11.29; आकरे पद्मरागाणां जन्म काचमणेः कुतः ॥ H. -रूपा an epithet of the goddess of wealth. -रेखा a figure on the palm of the hand (of the form of a lotus-flower) which indicates the acquisition of great wealth. -लाञ्छनः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 Kubera. -3 the sun. -4 a king. (-ना) 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 or of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. -3 N. of Tārā. -वनबान्धवः the sun. -वर्चस् a. lotus-hued. -वासा an epithet of Lakṣmī. -समासनः an epithet of Brahman. -स्नुषा 1 an epithet of Gaṅgā. -2 of Lakṣmī. -3 of Durgā. -हस्तः a particular measure of length. -हासः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
payoṣṇī पयोष्णी N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain (identified by some with the modern Tāptī river, but more correctly with Purṇā, a feeder of that river). -Comp. -जाता (पयोष्णी जाता यस्याः सा) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
parvataḥ पर्वतः [पर्व्-अतच्; पर्वाणि भागाः सन्त्यस्य वा; cf. P.V.2.122 Vārt.] 1 A mountain, hill; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78; न पर्वताग्रे नलिनी प्ररोहति Mk.4.17. -2 A rock. -3 An artificial mountain or heap. -4 The number 'seven'. -5 A tree. -6 A kind of vegetable. -7 A cloud (mountain-like) -8 N. of a Ṛiṣi (associated with Nārada). -Comp. -अरिः an epithet of Indra. -आत्मजः an epithet of the mountain Maināka. -आत्मजा an epithet of Pārvatī. -आधारा the earth. -आशयः a cloud. -आश्रयः a fabulous animal called Śarabha, q. v. -आश्रयिन् m., -आश्रयः a mountaineer. -उपत्यका a land at the foot of a mountain. -कन्दरः a mountain-cave. -काकः a raven. -कीला the earth. -जा a river. -पतिः an epithet of the Himālaya mountain. -मोचा a kind of plantain. -राज् m., -राजः 1 a large mountain. -2 'the lord of mountains', the Himālaya mountain. -रोधस् n. mountain-slope. -वासिन् a. living in mountains. (-m.) a mountaineer. (-नी) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 of Gāyatrī. -3 N. of a plant, nard (Mar. आकाशमांसी). -स्थ a. situated on a hill or mountain.
pāṭī पाटी Arithmetic; अस्ति त्रैराशिकं बीजं पाटी च विमला मतिः Līlā. -Comp. -उपरिकः the chief officer of the Accounts departments; IHQ. VI, 53. ff. -गणितम् arithmetic; the science of Arithmetic; पाटी नाम संकलितव्यवकलितगुणन- भाजनादीनां क्रमः तया युक्तं गणितं पाटीगणितम् Līlāvatī-ṭīkā.
pāraḥ पारः रम् [परं तीरं परमेव अण्, पॄ-घञ् वा] 1 The further or opposite bank of a river or ocean; पारं दुःखोदधेर्गन्तुं तर यावन्न भिद्यते Śānti.3.1; विरहजलधेः पारमासादयिष्ये Pad. D.13; H.1.177. -2 The further or opposite side of anything; स हि देवः परं ज्योतिस्तमःपारे व्यवस्थितम् Ku.2.58. -3 The end or extremity of anything; furtherest or concluding limit; तेजस्वी रिपुहतबन्धुदुःखपारम् (व्रजति) Ve. 3.25. -4 The fullest extent, the totality of anything; स पूर्वजन्मान्तरदृष्टपाराः स्मरन्निव R.18.5. (पारं गम्, -इ, -या 1 to cross over, surmount, get over; व्यसनेष्वेव सर्वेषु यस्य बुद्धिर्न हीयते । स तेषां पारमभ्येति Pt.2.6. -2 to accomplish, fulfil; as in प्रतिज्ञायाः पारं गतः -3 To master fully, become proficient in; सकलशास्त्रपारं गतः Pt.1; पारं नी 'to bring to a close.'). -रः 1 Quick-silver. -2 Guardian; तस्माद् भयाद् येन स नो$स्तु पारः Bhāg.6.9.24. -3 The end; महिम्नः पारं ते Mahimna.1. (पारे meaning 'on the other side of', 'beyond' sometimes enters into comp.; e. g. पारेगङ्गम्, पारेसमुद्रम् beyond the Ganges or the ocean; मम लङ्कापुरी नाम्ना रम्या पारे महोदधेः Mb.3.274.35.) -Comp. -अपारम्, -अवारम् both banks, the nearer and further bank. (-रः) the sea, ocean; शोकपारावारमुत्तर्तुमशक्नुवती Dk.4; Bv.4.11. -अयणम् 1 going across. -2 reading through, perusal, thorough study. -3 the whole, completeness, or totality of anything; as in ब्रह्मपारायणम्, मन्त्रपारायणम् &c. याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ Mv.1. 14. -अयणी 1 N. of the goddess Sarasvatī. -2 considering, meditation. -3 an act, action. -4 light. -काम a. desirous of going to the other end. -ग a. 1 crossing over, ferrying across. -2 one who has gone to the end of, one who has completely mastered anything, completely familiar of conversant with (with gen. or in comp.); वेदपारगः Ms.2.148; Y.1.111. -3 profoundly learned. (-गम्) keeping, fulfilling (of a promise). -गत, -गामिन् a. one who has gone to the other side or shore. (-तः) an Arhat or deified saint with Jainas. -चर a. emancipated forever. -दर्शक a. 1 showing the opposite bank. -2 transparent. -दृश्वन् a. 1 far-seeing, wise, prudent. -2 one who has seen the other side of anything, one who has completely mastered or has become familiar with anything; (cf. P.III.2.94); श्रुतिपारदृश्वा R.5.24. -नेतृ a. making a person conversant with. -समुद्रकः A variety of gems; Kau. A.2.11.29.
pārāvataḥ पारावतः 1 pigeon, turtle-dove, dove; पारावतः खरशिला- कणमात्रभोजी कामी भवत्यनुदिनं वद को$त्र हेतुः Bh.3.154; Me.4. -2 A monkey. -3 A mountain. -Comp. -अङ्घ्रिपिच्छः a kind of pigeon. -घ्नी N. of the river Sarasvatī.
pāvaka पावक a. [पू-ण्वुल्] Purifying; पन्थानं पावकं हित्वा जनको मौढ्यमास्थितः Mb.12.18.4. -कः 1 Fire; पावकस्य महिमा स गण्यते कक्षवज्ज्ज्वलति सागरे$पि यः R.11.75;3.9;16.87. -2 Agni or the god of fire. -3 The fire of lightning. -4 The Chitraka tree. -5 The number 'three'. -6 A person purified by religious abstraction, saint, sage. -7 Good conduct or behaviour. -8 N. of Varuṇa. -की 1 The wife of Agni. -2 Ved. N. of Sarasvatī. -Comp. -अरणिः an epithet of a plant called अग्निमन्य (Mar. थोर ऐरण). -अर्चिस् f. a flash of fire. -अस्त्रम् a fiery weapon; प्रशान्तमेव पावकास्त्रम् U.6.5/6. -आत्मजः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of a sage called सुदर्शन who married the daughter of Duryodhana of the Ikṣvāku family. -मणिः m. The Sūryakānta Maṇi. -शिखः (= अग्निशिखः) Saffron; Śiva B.3.19.
pūtkārī पूत्कारी 1 An epithet of Sarasvatī. -2 N. of the capital of the Nāgas.
pauṣṇam पौष्णम् The lunar mansion called Revatī.
prajñā प्रज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom; आकारसदृशप्रज्ञः प्रज्ञया सदृशागमः R.1.15; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता Bg.2.57; शस्त्रं निहन्ति पुरुषस्य शरीरमेकं प्रज्ञा कुलं च विभवं यशश्च हन्ति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 Discernment, discrimination, judgment; इयं निष्ठा बहुविधा प्रज्ञया त्वध्यवस्यति Mb.14.3.24. -3 Device or design. -4 A wise or learned woman. -5 Longing for (वासना); impression (संस्कार); तं विद्याकर्मणि समन्वारभेते पूर्वप्रज्ञा च Bṛi. Up.4.4.2. -6 N. of the goddess Sarasvatī. -7 A particular Śakti or energy. -8 A true or transcendental wisdom; Buddh. -Comp. -अस्त्रम् a missile, weapon; ततः प्रज्ञास्त्रमादाय मोहनास्त्रं व्यनाशयत् Mb.6.77.53. -घनः nothing but intelligence; Bhāg. -चक्षुस्, -नयन a. blind; (lit. having understanding as the only eyes); ततो ज्ञास्यसि मां सौते प्रज्ञाचक्षुष- मित्युत Mb.1.1.149; Bhāg.1.13.28; Manodūta 115; N.12.16. (-m.) an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; Mb.3. 7.24; Kāvyamālā, Part.13. (-n.) the mind's eye, mental eye, the mind; M.1. -पारमिता one of the transcendent virtues; Buddh. -मात्रा an organ of sense. -वादः a wise saying; अशोच्यानन्वशोचस्त्वं प्रज्ञावादांश्च भाषसे Bg.2.11. -वृद्ध a. old in wisdom. -सहाय a. intelligent, wise. -हीन a. void of wisdom, silly, foolish.
pradyumnaḥ प्रद्युम्नः An epithet of Cupid, the god of love. [He was a son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. When only six years old, he was stolen away by the demon Śambara for he was foretold that Pradyumna would be his destroyer. Śambara cast the child into the roaring sea, and a large fish swallowed it. This fish was caught by a fisherman and taken to the demon; and when it was cut up, a beautiful child came out from the belly, and Māyāvatī, the mistress of Śambara's household, at the desire of Nārada, carefully reared him from childhood. As he grew up, she was fascinated by the beauty of his person, but Pradyumna reproved her for entertaining towards himself feelings so unbecoming a mother as he considered her. But when he was told that he was not her son, but of Viṣṇu and was cast into the sea by Śambara, he became enraged, and, challenging him to fight, succeeded in killing him by the force of illusions. He and Māyāvatī afterwards repaired to the house of Kṛiṣṇa, where Nārada told him and Rukmiṇī that the boy was their own and that Māyāvatī was his wife.]
prācya प्राच्य a. [प्राचि भवः यत्] 1 Being or situated in front. -2 Being or living in the east, eastern, easterly. -3 Prior, preceding, previous. -4 Ancient, old. -च्याः (pl.) 1 'The eastern country', the country south or east of the river Sarasvatī. -2 The people of this country. -Comp. -पदवृत्तिः a term applied to the rule according to which ए remains in particular cases unchanged before अ -भाषा the eastern dialect, language spoken in the east of India. -वृत्तिः a kind of metre.
plakṣaḥ प्लक्षः [प्लक्षते कीटैः प्लक्ष्-कर्मणि घञ्] 1 The Indian fig-tree; प्लक्षप्ररोह इव सौधतलं विभेद R.8.93;13.71; कपित्थैः किंशुकैः प्लक्षैः Parṇāl.4.62. -2 One of the seven Dvīpas or continents of the world; प्लक्षो जम्बूप्रमाणो द्वीपः ख्यातिकरो हिरण्मय उत्थितो यत्राग्निरुपास्ते सप्तजिह्वः Purāṇam. -3 A side or back-door, a private entrance. -4 The space at the side of a door. -Comp. -जाता, -समुद्रवाचका an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -तीर्थम्, -प्रस्रवणम्, -राज् -m. the place where the Sarasvatī rises. -द्वारम् a back-door, a side-entrance; Matsya P.264.15.
balam बलम् [बल्-अच्] 1 Strength, power, might, vigour; क्षत्त्रियाणां बलं युद्धम् Brav. P. -2 Force, violence; as in बलात् q. v. -3 An army, host, forces, troops; भवेदभीष्म- मद्रोणं धृतराष्ट्रबलं कथम् Ve.3.24,43; बलं भीष्मा(भीमा)भिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1; R.16.37. -4 Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body). -5 Body, figure, shape. -6 Semen virile. -7 Blood, -8 Gum myrrh. -9 A shoot, sprout. -1 Force or power of articulation; वर्णः स्वरः । मात्रा बलम् । साम संतानः । इत्युक्तः शीक्षाध्यायः T. Up.1.2.1. -11 The deity of power (such as Indra); नमो बलप्रमथनाय Mb.12.284. 94. -12 The hand; क्रान्ते विष्णुर्बले शक्रः कोष्ठे$ग्निर्भोक्तुमिच्छति Mb.12.239.8. -13 Effort (यत्न); विधिः शुक्रं बलं चेति त्रय एते गुणाः परे Mb.12.32.11 (com. बलं वासनाविषयप्राप्त्यनु- कूलो यत्नः). (बलेन means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; बाहुबलेन जितः, वीर्यबलेन &c.; बलात् 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; बलान्निद्रा समायाता Pt.1; हृदयमदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7.). -लः 1 A crow; Rām.6.54.9. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -Comp. -अग्रम् excessive strength or force. (-ग्रः) the head of an army. -अङ्गकः the spring; 'वसन्त इष्यः सुरभिः पुष्पकालो बलाङ्गकः' H. Ch.156. -अञ्चिता the lute of Balarāma. -अटः a kind of beam. -अधिक a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force. -अधिकरणम् the affairs of an army; -अध्यक्षः 1 a general or commander of an army; सेनापतिबलाध्यक्षौ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् Ms.7.189. -2 a war-minister. -3 An officer in charge of infantry. -अनुजः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -अन्वित a. 1 endowed with strength, mighty, powerful. -2 leading an army. -अबलम् 1 comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; परात्मनोः परिच्छिद्य शक्त्या- दीनां बलाबलम् R.17.59. -2 relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimportance; समय एव करोति बलाबलम् Śi.6.44. ˚अधिकरणम् a kind of न्यायभेद according to Jaimini. -अभ्रः an army in the form of a cloud. -अरातिः an epithet of Indra. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of power; राज्ञो बलार्थिनः षष्ठे (वर्षे उपनयनं कार्यम्) Ms.2.37. -अवलेपः pride of strength. -अशः, -असः 1 consumption. -2 the phlegmatic humour (कफ). -3 a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food). -आढ्यः a bean. -आत्मिका a kind of sun-flower (हस्तिशुण्डी). -आलयः a military camp; पूज्यमानो हरिगणैराजगाम बलालयम् Rām.6.112.8. -आहः water. -उत्कट a. of mighty strength; न वध्यते ह्यविश्वस्तो दुर्बलो$पि बलोत्कटैः Pt.2.44;3.115. -उपपन्न, -उपेत a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful; एतां रामबलोपेतां रक्षां यः सुकृती पठेत् Rāmarakṣā.1. -उपादानम् Recruitment of the army; Kau. A. -ओघः a multitude of troops, numerous army; लक्ष्मीं दधत् प्रति- गिरेरलघुर्बलौघः Śi.5.2. -कर, -कृत् a. strengthening. -कृत done by force or against free consent; सर्वान् बलकृता- नर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168. -क्षोभः disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt. -चक्रम् 1 dominion, sovereignty. -2 an army, a host. -ज a. produced by power. (-जम्) 1 a city-gate, gate. -2 a field. -3 grain, a heap of grain; त्वं समीरण इव प्रतीक्षितः कर्षकेण बलजान् पुपूषता Śi.14.7. -4 war, battle -5 marrow, pith. -6 a pretty figure. (-जा) 1 the earth. -2 a handsome woman. -3 a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -4 a rope. -तापनः an epithet of Indra; अफिषिषेच मरन्दरसामृतैर्नवलताबलता- पनरत्नभम् (अलिनम्) Rām. Ch.4.12. -दः an ox, a bullock -दर्पः pride of strength. -देवः 1 air, wind. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -बलदेवा (वी) f. N. of a medicinal herb which is also called त्रायमाण. It grows in the forests on the slopes of the Himālayas and in Persia. -द्विष् m., -निषूदनः epithets of Indra; बलनिषूदनमर्थपतिं च तम् R.9.3. -निग्रह a. weakening, enervating. -पतिः 1 a general, commander. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पुच्छकः a crow; Nigh. Ratn. -पृष्ठकः a kind of deer (Mar. रोहें). -प्रद a. giving strength, invigorating. -प्रमथनी N. of a form of Durgā. -प्रसूः N. of Rohinī, mother of Balarāma. -भद्र a. strong, powerful. (-द्रः) 1 a strong or powerful man. -2 a kind of ox. -3 N. of Balarāma, q. v. below. -4 the tree called लोध्र. -5 N. of Ananta. (-द्रा) a maiden. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; Ś.2. -भृत् a. strong, powerful. -मुख्यः the chief of an army. -रामः 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇī to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kaṁsa. He and his brother Kṛiṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his forgivenss. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛiṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍavas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under हल]. -वर्जित a. infirm, weak. -वर्णिन् a. strong and looking well. -वर्धन a. invigorating, strengthening. -m. N. of स्थण्डिलाग्नि in उत्सर्जन or उपाकर्म. -विन्यासः array or arrangement of troops. -व्यसनम् the defeat of an army. -व्यापद् f. decrease of strength. -शालिन् a. strong; बलशालितया यथा तथा वा धियमुच्छेदपरामयं दधानः Ki.13.12. -समुत्थानम् Recruiting a strong army; Kau. A.1.16; तमभियोक्तुं बलसमुत्थानमकरोत् Dk.2.8. -सूदनः an epithet of Indra. -सेना a strong army, an army, host. -स्थ a. strong, powerful. (-स्थः) a warrior, soldier. -स्थितिः f. 1 a camp; an encampment. -2 a royal camp. -हन्, -हन्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Indra; पाण्डुः स्मरति ते नित्यं बलहन्तुः समीपगः Mb.15.2.17. -2 of Balarāma. -3 phlegm. -हीन a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
brāhmī ब्राह्मी 1 The personified female energy of Brahman. -2 Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -3 Speech; संस्कारो- पगतां ब्राह्मीं नानाशास्त्रोपबृंहिताम् Mb.1.1.19. -4 A tale or narrative. -5 A pious usage or custom, Vedic rituals; ब्राह्म्या संवर्तयामासू राङ्कवास्तरणावृताम् Rām.6.111.113. -6 N. of the constellation Rohiṇī. -7 N. of Durgā. -8 A woman married according to the Brāhma form of marriage. -9 The wife of a Brāhmaṇa. -1 A kind of medicinal plant; ब्राह्मी हिमा सरा तिक्ता लघुर्मेध्या च शीतला । कषाया मधुरा स्वादुपाकायुष्या रसायनी । स्वर्या स्मृतिपदा कुष्ठपाण्डु- मेहाश्रकासजित् ॥ Bhāva. P.; बभूव तेषां रजनी ब्राह्मीव प्रीतिवर्धिनी Mb.15.18.23. -11 A kind of brass. -12 N. of a river. -Comp. -कन्दः a species of bulbous plant. -पुत्रः the son of a Brāhmī, see above; दश पूर्वान् परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
bhavānī भवानी N. of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva; आलम्बताग्रकरमत्र भवो भवान्याः Ki.5.29; Ku.7.84; Me.38,46; भवानि स्तोतुं त्वां प्रभवति चतुर्भिर्न वदनैः । प्रजानामीशानस्त्रिपुरमथनः पञ्चभिरपि ॥ Ānandalaharī. -Comp. -गुरुः an epithet of the mountain Himālaya. -पतिः an epithet of Śiva; अधिवसति सदा यदेनं जनैरविदितविभवो भवानीपतिः Ki.5.21.
bhavya भव्य a. [भू-कर्तरि नि˚ यत्]' भव्यं सुखे शुभे चापि भेद्यवद्योग्य- भाविनोः' Viśva. 1 Existing, being, being present. -2 Future, about to be; ईशानं भूतभव्यस्य न ततो विजुगुप्सते Bṛi. Up.4.4.15. -3 Likely to become. -4 Suitable, proper, fit, worthy; इति त्याज्ये भवे भव्यो मुक्तावुत्तिष्ठते जनः Ki.11.13; यत्पादपद्मभवाय भजन्ति भव्याः Bhāg.1.15.17. -5 Good, nice, excellent. -6 Auspicious, fortunate, happy; समाधिमत्यामुदपादि भव्या Ku.1.22; अनुग्रहायेह चरन्ति नूनं भूतानि भव्यानि जनार्दनस्य Bhāg.3.5.3; Ki.3. 12;1.51. -7 Handsome, lovely, beautiful; मृदुश्च स्थिरचित्तश्च सदाभव्यो$नसूयकः Rām.2.2.32. -8 Calm, tranquil, placid; भव्यो भवन्नपि मुनेरिह शासनेन (क्षात्रे स्थितः पथि) Ki.5.49. -9 True. -व्या N. of Pārvatī. -व्यम् 1 Existence. -2 Future time. -3 Result, fruit. -4 Good result, prosperity; R.17.53. -5 A bone. -व्यः, -व्यम् one division of the poetical Rasas. -Comp. -मनस् a. well-meaning, benevolent.
bhārata भारत a. (-ती f.) [भरतस्येदम्, भारतान् भरतवंश्यानधिकृत्य कृतो ग्रन्थः अण्] Belonging to or descended from Bharata. -तः 1 A descendant of Bharata; (such as विदुर; सञ्जातहर्षो मुनिमाह भारतः Mb.3.2.8; also धृतराष्ट्र, अर्जुन in Bg.). -2 An inhabitant of Bharatavarṣa or India. -3 An actor, -4 An epithet of the sun shining on the south of Meru. -5 Fire. -तम् 1 India, the country of Bharata; एतदूढगुरुभार भारतं वर्षमद्य मम वर्तते वशे Śi.14.5. -2 N. of the most celebrated epic poem in Sanskrit which gives the history of the descendants of Bharata with innumerable episodes. (It is attributed to Vyāsa or कृष्णद्वैपायन, but the work, as we have it at present, is evidently the production of many hands); श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयं विरचितवान् भारताख्यममृतं यः । तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे ॥ Ve.1.4; व्यासगिरां निर्यासं सारं विश्वस्य भारतं वन्दे । भूषणतयैव संज्ञां यदङ्कितां भारती वहति ॥ Āryā. S.31. -3 The science of music and dramaturgy founded by Bharata. -ती Speech, voice, words, eloquence; भारतीनिर्घोषः U.3; तमर्थमिव भारत्या सुतया योक्तुमर्हसि Ku.6.79; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मिति- मादधती भारती कवेर्जयति K. P.1. -2 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī; कीरानने स्फुरसि भारति का रतिस्ते Govindarāja. -3 N. of a particular kind of style; भारती संस्कृतप्रायो वाग्व्यापारो नटाश्रयः S. D.285. -4 A quail. -5 The dramatic art in general. -6 The Sanskrit speech of an actor. -7 One of the 1 orders (दशनाम) of Gosāvins, mendicants (Mar. दसनाम गोसावी). -Comp. -आख्यानम्, -इतिहासः, -कथा the story of the Bhāratas (महाभारत). -मण्डलम्, -वर्षम् India. -सावित्री N. of a stotra; इमां भारतसावित्रीं प्रातरुत्थाय यः पठेत् Mb.18.5.64.
bhārgavī भार्गवी 1 The Dūrvā grass. -2 An epithet of Lakṣmī. -3 Of Pārvatī. -4 Of Devayānī; सर्वत्र सङ्ग- मुत्सृज्य स्वप्नौपम्येन भार्गवी Bhāg.9.19.28.
bhāṣā भाषा [भाष्-अ] 1 Speech, talk; as in चारुभाषः. -2 Language, tongue; सत्या न भाषा भवति यद्यपि स्यात् प्रतिष्ठिता Ms.8.164. -3 A common or vernacular dialect; (a) the spoken Sanskṛit language (opp. छन्दस् or वेद); विभाषा भाषायाम् P.VI.1.181; (b) any Prākṛita dialect (opp. संस्कृत); भाषाश्च विविधा नृणाम् Ms.9.332; see प्राकृत. -4 Definition, description; स्थितप्रज्ञस्य का भाषा Bg.2.54. -5 An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -6 (In law) The first of the four stages of a law-suit; the plaint, charge or accusation; यदावेदयते राज्ञे तद्भाषेत्यभि- धीयते Y. -7 (In music) N. of a Rāgiṇī. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another dialect or language. -2 translation (?). -चित्रकम् a play on words, conundrum. -पत्रम् application (Mar. अर्ज); भाषापत्रं तु तज्ज्ञेयमथवावेदनार्थकम् Śukra.2.39. -पादः a charge, plaint; see भाषा (6) above. -समः a figure of speech, which consists in so arranging the words of a sentence that it may be considered and read either as Sanskṛit or Prākṛita (one or more of its varieties); e. g. मञ्जुलमणिमञ्जीरे कलगभ्भीरे विहारसरसीतीरे । विरसासि केलिकीरे किमालि धीरे च गन्धसारसमीरे ॥ S. D.642 (एष श्लोकः संस्कृतप्राकृतशौरसेनीप्राच्यावन्तीनागराप- भ्रंशेष्वेकविध एव); किं त्वां भणामि विच्छेददारुणायासकारिणि । कामं कुरु वरारोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. (which is in Sanskṛit or Śaurasenī); so 6.1. -समितिः f. (with Jainas) moderation in speech.
bhāṣita भाषित p. p. [भाष्-कर्मणि-क्त] Spoken, said, uttered. -तम् Speech, utterance, words, language; आकारैरिङ्गितै- र्गत्या चेष्टया भाषितेन च । नेत्रवक्त्रविकारैश्च गृह्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः ॥ Ms.8.26. -Comp. -ईशा Sarasvatī; N.11.16. -पुंस्क = उक्तपुंस्क q. v.
bhīṣma भीष्म a. [भी-णिच्-सुक्-अपादाने मक्] Terrible, dreadful, frightful, fearful; भीष्मो हि देवः सहसः सहीयान् Bhāg. 11.23.48. -ष्मः 1 The sentiment of terror (in rhetoric); see भयानक. -2 A demon, an imp, a fiend, goblin. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of the son of Śantanu by Gangā; हृते भीष्मे हते द्रोणे शल्ये च निधनं गते Mb. [He was the youngest of the eight sons of Śantanu by Gangā; but all the others having died, he remained the sole heir to the throne after his father. On one occasion while Śantanu was walking by the side of a river, he beheld a charming young damsel named Satyavatī, the daughter of a fisherman, and, though bowed down with age, conceived a passion for her, and sent his son to negotiate the marriage. But the parents of the girl said that if their daughter bore sons to the king, they would not succeed to the throne, for after his death Śāntanava, being the rightful heir, would be the king. But Śāntanava, to please his father, made a vow to the parents that he would never accept the kingdom or marry a wife or become the father of children by any woman, so that if their daughter bore a son to Śantanu, he would be the king. This dreadful vow soon became known abroad, and thenceforth he was called Bhiṣma. He remained single, and, after the death of his father, he installed Vichitravīrya, the son of Satyavatī, on the throne, got him married to the two daughters of king Kāśirāja (see Ambikā), and became the guardian of his sons and grandsons, the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. In the great war he fought on the side of the Kauravas, but was wounded by Arjuna with the assistance of Śikhanḍin and was lodged in a 'cage of darts'. But having got from his father the power of choosing his own time for death, he waited till the sun had crossed the vernal equinox, and then gave up his soul. He was remarkable for his continence, wisdom, firmness of resolve, and unflinching devotion to God]. -ष्मम् Horror, horribleness. -Comp. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the light half of Māgha (when Bhīṣma died). -जननी an epithet of the Ganges. -पञ्चकम् N. of the five days from the eleventh to the fifteenth of the bright balf of Kārtika (said to be sacred to Bhīṣma). -पर्वन् N. of the 6th Book of the Mahā-Bhārata. -सूः f. an epithet of the river Ganges; हरशिरसि पतन्ती भीष्मसूर्वः पुनातु Udb. -स्तवराजः N. of the 47th Chapter of शान्तिपर्व in Mahābhāraṭa.
matsyaḥ मत्स्यः [मद्-स्यन्; Uṇ.4.2] 1 A fish; शूले मत्स्यानिवा- पक्ष्यन् दुर्बलान् बलवत्तराः Ms.7.2. -2 A particular variety of fish. -3 A king of the Matsyas. -त्स्यौ (dual) The sign Pisces of the zodiac. -त्स्याः (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants, the country of Virāṭa q. v.; Ms. 2.19. -Comp. -अक्षका, -अक्षी N. of a kind of Soma plant. -अद्, -अदन, -आद a. feeding on fish, a fisheater. -अवतारः the first of the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; (during the reign of the seventh Manu, the whole earth, which, had become corrupt was swept away by a flood, and all living beings perished except the pious Manu and the seven sages who were saved by Viṣṇu in the form of a fish); cf. Jayadeva's description of this avatāra.; प्रलयपयोधिजले धृतवानसि वेदं विहित- वहित्रचरित्रमखेदम् । केशव धृतमीनशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1. -अशनः 1 a king-fisher. -2 one who eats fish. -अशिक a. fish-eater; मत्स्याशिका लासिका Mk.1.23. -असुरः N. of a demon. -आधानी, -धानी a fish-basket (used by fishermen). -उदरिन् m. an epithet of Virāṭa. -उदरी an epithet of Satyavatī. -उदरीयः an epithet of Vyāsa. -उद्वर्तनम् a kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -उप- जीविन् m., -आजीवः a fisherman. -करण्डिका a fishbasket. -कीशः an elephant; Gīrvāṇa. -गन्ध a. having the smell of fish. (-न्धा) N. of Satyavatī. -घण्टः a kind of fish-sauce. -घातः 1 the killing or catching of fishes, the occupation of a fisherman; मत्स्यघातो निषादानाम् Ms.1.48. -2 a fisherman. -घातिन्, -जीवत्, -जीविन् m. a fisherman. -जालम् a fishing-net. -देशः the country of the Matsyas. -द्वादशी N. of the twelfth day in the month of मार्गशीर्ष. -नारी 'half-fish, half-woman', an epithet of Satyavatī. -नाशकः, -नाशनः an osprey. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पित्ता Helleborus Niger (Mar. केदारकुटकी). -बन्धः, -बन्धिन् m. a fisherman; कदाचित्तं जलस्थायं मत्स्यबन्धाः समन्ततः Mb. 12.137.5. -बन्धनम् a fish-hook, an angle. -बन्ध (न्धि)नी a fish-basket. -मांसम् fish-flesh; द्वौ मासौ मत्स्यमांसेन Ms.3.268. -रङ्कः, -रङ्गः, -रङ्गकः a halcyon, king-fisher. -राजः 1 the Rohita fish. -2 N. of Virāṭa. -वेधनम्, -वेधनी an angle. -वेधनी a cormorant. -व्रतिन् one who lives in water. -संघातः a shoal of fish. -सन्तानिकः fish cooked with sauce; दग्धोङ्गारे सलवणो वेशवारैरुपस्कृतः । सार्द्रकः कटुतैलेन मत्स्यसन्तानिको भवेत् Śabdachandrikā. मत्स्यण्डिका matsyaṇḍikā मत्स्यण्डी matsyaṇḍī मत्स्यण्डिका मत्स्यण्डी Coarse or unrefined sugar; हीही इयं सीधुपानोद्वेजितस्य मत्स्यण्डिकोपनता M.3; इक्षो रसो यः संपक्वो घनः किंचिद् द्रवान्वितः । मदवत् स्यन्दते यस्मान्मत्स्यण्डीति निगद्यते Bhāva. P.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
mātaṅgaḥ मातङ्गः [मतङ्गस्य मुनेरयम् अण्] 1 An elephant; मातङ्गाः किमु वल्गितैः K. P.7; Śi.1.64. -2 A man of the lowest caste, a Chāṇḍāla. -3 A Kirāta, mountaineer or barbarian. -4 (At the end of comp.) Any thing the best of its kind; e. g. बलाहकमातङ्गः. -ङ्गी 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 N. of Vasiṣṭha's wife. -3 N. of one of the ten Mahāvidyās. -4 A Chāṇḍāla lady; नताङ्गी मातङ्गी रुचिर- गीतभङ्गी Ā. L. -Comp. -कुमारी a Chāṇḍāla girl. -ज a. elephantine. -दिवाकरः N. of a poet. -नक्रः, -मकरः a crocodile as large as an elephant; मातङ्गनक्रैः सहसो- त्पतद्भिर्भिन्नान् द्विधा पश्य समुद्रफेनान् R.13.11. -लीला N. of a medical work.
mātṛ मातृ f. [मान् पूजायां तृच् नलोपः Uṇ.2.94] 1 A mother; मातृवत् परदारेषु यः पश्यति स पश्यति; सहस्रं तु पितॄन् माता गौरवेणातिरिच्यते Subhāṣ माता किल मनुष्याणां देवतानां च दैवतम् Madhyamavyāyoga 1.37; माता च परमं दैवतं समा च पुत्रेषु इत्येतैरुपबध्यमानो जननीवचनो$वगम्यते ŚB. on MS.1.1.14. -2 Mother as a term of respect or endearment; मातर्लक्ष्मि भजस्व कंचिदपरम् Bh.3.64,87; अयि मातर्देवयजनसंभवे देवि सीते U.4. -3 A cow. -4 An epithet of Lakṣmī. -5 An epithet of Durgā. -6 Ether, sky. -7 The earth. -8 A divine mother; मातृभ्यो बलिमुपहर Mk.1. -9 An epithet of Revatī. -1 N. of several plants; आखुकर्णी, इन्द्रवारुणी and जटामांसी &c. -pl. 1 An epithet of the divine mothers, said to attend on Śiva, but usually on Skanda. (They are usually said to be 8 :-- ब्राह्मी माहेश्वरी चण्डी वाराही वैष्णवी तथा । कौमारी चैव चामुण्डा चर्चिकेत्यष्ट मातरः ॥ or, according to some, only seven :-- ब्राह्मी माहेश्वरी चैव कौमारी वैष्णवी तथा । माहेन्द्री चैव वाराही चामुण्डा सप्त मातरः ॥ Some increase the number to sixteen). -2 N. of eight classes of female ancestors of Manes. -m. 1 A measurer. -2 Ved. A maker, builder, creator. -3 A knower, one having true knowledge. -4 Life or soul (जीव) [cf. L. Mater.] -Comp. -केशटः a maternal uncle. -गणः the collection of the divine mothers. -गन्धिनी an unnatural mother; हनिष्याम्यधुनैवाहं कैकेयीं मातृगन्धिनीम् A. Rām.2.8.7. -गामिन् m. one who has committed incest with his mother. -गोत्रम् a mother's family. -ग्रामः the female sex, womankind. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m., -घ्नः a matricide. -घातुकः 1 a matricide. -2 an epithet of Indra. -चक्रम् 1 the group of divine mothers. -2 a kind of mystical circle. -ज्ञ a. honouring a mother. -देव a. having a mother for one's god, adoring mother like a god; मातृदेवो भव T. Up.1.11. -दोषः the defect or inferiority of a mother (being of a lower caste); ताननन्तरनाम्नस्तु मातृदोषात् प्रचक्षते Ms.1. 14. -नन्दनः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पक्ष a. belonging to the mother's side or line. (-क्षः) maternal kinsmen. -पितृ m. (dual) forming मातापितरौ or मातर- पितरौ) parents. -पुत्रौ (मातापुत्रौ) a mother and son. -पूजनम् worship of the divine mothers. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः a maternal kinsman; मातृबन्धुनिवासिनं भरतम् R.12.12. (-pl.) a class of relatives on the mother's side; they are thus specified:-- मातुः पितुः स्वसुः पुत्रा मातुर्मातुः स्वसुः सुताः । मातुर्मातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया मातृबन्धवः ॥ -भक्तिः devotion to a mother; इमं लोकं मातृभक्त्या ...... ब्रह्मलोकं समश्नुते Ms.2.233. -भावः maternity. -भोगीण a. fit to be enjoyed or possessed by a mother. -मण्डलम् the collection of the divine mothers. -मातृ f. an epithet of Pārvatī. -मुखः, -शासितः a foolish fellow, simpleton. -यज्ञः a sacrifice offered to the divine mothers. -वत्सलः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -वधः the murder of a mother (with Buddhists one of the five unpardonable sins.) -वाहिनी f. a kind of bird; bat. -स्वसृ f. (मातृष्वसृ or मातुःस्वसृ) a mother's sister, a maternal aunt. -स्वसेयः (मातृष्वसेयः) a mother's sister's son. (-यी) the daughter of a maternal aunt; so मातृष्वस्रीयः -या.
māheśvara माहेश्वर a. (-री f.) 1 Belonging to a great lord or to Śiva; अनेन च महाराज माहेश्वरमनुत्तमम् । इष्ट्वा यज्ञं ... Rām. 6.7.19. -2 Worshipping Śiva. -रः A worshipper of Śiva. -री N. of Pārvatī or Durgā.
mīnaḥ मीनः [मी-नक्] 1 A fish; सुप्तमीन इव ह्रदः R.1.73; मीनो नु हन्त कतमां गतिमभ्युपैतु Bv.1.17. -2 The twelfth sign of the zodiac (Pisces). -3 The first incarnation of Viṣṇu; see मत्स्यावतार. -ना A stick. -Comp. -अक्षी N. of a deity (worshipped in Madurā). -अण्डम् roe, fish-spawn. (-ण्डा) moist sugar. -आघातिन्, -घातिन् m. 1 a fisherman. -2 a crane. -आलयः the sea. -केतनः, -ध्वजः the god of love. -गन्धा an epithet of Satyavatī. -गन्धिका a pond, pool of water (v. l. गोधिका). -घातिन् m. 1 a crane. -2 a fisherman. -रङ्कः, -रङ्गः a kingfisher.
mukham मुखम् [खन् अच् डित् धातोः पूर्वं मुट् च cf. Uṇ.5.2] 1 The mouth (fig. also); प्रजासृजा यतः खातं तस्मादाहुर्मुखं बुधाः; ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Ṛv.1.9.12; सभ्रूभङ्गं मुखमिव Me.24; त्वं मम मुखं भव V.1 'be my mouth or spokesman'. -2 The face, countenance; परिवृत्तार्धमुखी मयाद्य दृष्टा V.1.17; नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś.7.21; so चन्द्रमुखी, मुखचन्द्रः &c; ओष्ठौ च दन्तमूलानि दन्ता जिह्वा च तालु च । गलो गलादि सकलं सप्ताङ्गं मुखमुच्यते ॥ -3 The snout or muzzle (of any animal). -4 The front, van, forepart; head, top; (लोचने) हरति मे हरिवाहनदिङ्मुखम् V.3.6. -5 The tip, point, barb (of an arrow), head; पुरारि- मप्राप्तमुखः शिलीमुखः Ku.5.54; R.3.57. -6 The edge or sharp point (of any instrument). -7 A teat, nipple; मध्ये यथा श्याममुखस्य तस्य मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्य- लभ्यम् Ku.1.4; R.3.8. -8 The beak or bill of a bird. -9 A direction, quarter; as in अन्तर्मुख. -1 Opening, entrance, mouth; नीवाराः शुकगर्भकोटरमुखभ्रष्टास्तरूणामधः Ś.1.14; नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28; Ku.1.8. -11 An entrance to a house, a door, passage. -12 Beginning, commencement; सखीजनोद्वीक्षणकौमुदीमुखम् R.3.1; दिनमुखानि रविर्हिमनिग्रहैर्विमलयन् मलयं नगमत्यजत् 9.25;5.76; Ghaṭ.2. -13 Introduction. -14 The chief, the principal or prominent (at the end of comp. in this sense); बन्धोन्मुक्त्यै खलु मखमुखान् कुर्वते कर्मपाशान् Bv.4.21; so इन्द्रमुखा देवाः &c. -15 The surface or upper side. -16 A means. -17 A source, cause, occasion. -18 Utterance; as in मुखसुख; speaking, speech, tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -19 The Vedas, scripture. -2 (In Rhet.) The original cause or source of the action in a drama. -21 The first term in a progression (in alg.). -22 The side opposite to the base of a figure (in geom.). -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a forest conflagration. -2 a sort of goblin with a face of fire. -3 the consecrated or sacrificial fire. -4 fire put into the mouth of a corpse at the time of lighting the funeral pile. -5 a Brāhmaṇa. -अनिलः, -उच्छ्वासः breath. -अस्त्रः a crab. -आकारः look, mien, appearance. -आक्षेपः 1 an invective. -2 the act of throwing up soil with the ploughshare. -आसवः nectar of the lips. -आस्रवः, -स्रावः spittle, saliva. -आस्वादः kissing the mouth; Y. -इन्दुः a moon-like face, i. e. a round lovely face. -उच्छ्वासः breath. -उल्का a forest-conflagration. -कमलम् a lotuslike face. -खुरः a tooth. -गन्धकः an onion. -गोपनम् concealment of the face; अवधीरितमुखमण्डलमुखगोपनं किमिति Udb. -ग्रहणम् kissing the mouth. -घण्टा f. hurraying of women in festivities. -चन्द्रः a moon-like face. -चपल a. talkative, garrulous. -चपेटिका a slap on the face. -चालिः an introductory dance; -चीरिः f. the tongue. -चूर्णम् scented powder to smear the face with; छविकरं मुखचूर्णमृतुश्रियः R.9.45. -जः 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 a tooth. -जाहम् the root of the mouth. -दूषणः an onion. -दूषिका an eruption disfiguring the face. -दोषः fault of the tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -निरीक्षकः a lazy fellow, an idler. -निवासिनी an epithet of Sarasvatī. -पटः a veil; कुर्वन् कामं क्षणमुखपट- प्रीतिमैरावतस्य Me.64. -पाकः inflammation of the mouth; द्राक्षाविपाकसमये मुखपाको भवति काकानाम् Udb. -पिण्डः a mouthful of food; cf. को न याति वशं लोके मुखपिण्डेन पूरितः Bh.2.118. -पुष्पकम् a kind of ornament. -पूरणम् 1 filling the mouth. -2 a mouthful of water, a mouthful in general. -प्रसादः a pleased countenance, graciousness of aspect. -प्रसाधनम् dacorating the face. -प्रियः an orange. (-यम्) cloves. -प्रेक्ष a. observing or watching the face. -फुल्लकम् a kind of ornament. -बन्धः a preface, an introduction. -बन्धनम् 1 a preface. -2 a lid, cover. -भगा (a woman) who suffers her mouth to be used as a vulva. -भङ्गः 1 a blow on the face. -2 wry face, grimace. -भूषणम् a preparation of betel; see ताम्बूल. -भेदः 1 distortion of the face. -2 gaping. -मण़्डनकः a kind of tree (तिलक). -मण्डलम् the (round) face. -मधु a. honey-mouthed, sweet-lipped. -माधुर्यम् a particular disease of the phlegm. -मारुतः breath. -मार्जनम् washing the face. -मुद्रा silence; यापदृष्टिरपि या मुखमुद्रा N.5.12. -मोदः Hyperanthera Moringa (Mar. शेवगा). -यन्त्रणम् the bit of a bridle. -रज्जुः f. the bridle of a horse. -रसः speech, talk; मधुरमुखरसामृतकलया चान्तस्तापमनघार्हसि क्षमयितुम् Bhag.6.9.41. -रागः the colour or complexion of the face; ददृशुर्विस्मितास्तस्य मुखरागं समं जनाः R.12.8;17.31; तव खलु मुखरागो यत्र भेदं प्रयातः Śi.11.31. -रेखा feature, mien, air. -रोगः a disease of the mouth or face. -लाङ्गलः a hog. -लेपः 1 anointing the face or upper side (of a drum); मृदङ्गो मुखलेपेन करोति मुखरध्वनिम् Bh. 2.118. -2 a disease of the phlegmatic humour. -वल्लभः the pomegranate tree. -वस्त्रिका a piece of fine cloth (net) held before the face (Mar. बुरखा). -वाद्यम् 1 an instrument of music sounded with the mouth, any wind-instrument. -2 a sound made with the mouth; (Mar. बोंब). -वासः, -वासनम् a perfume used to scent breath. -विलुण्ठिका a she-goat. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely misrepresentation of the source of income; Kau. A.2.8. -विष्ठा a species of cockroach. -वैरस्यम् bad taste in the mouth. -व्यादानम् gaping, yawning. -शफ a. abusive, foul-mouthed, scurrilous. -शाला entrance-hall, vestibule. -शुद्धिः f. washing or purifying the mouth. -शृङ्गः a rhinoceros. -शेषः an epithet of Rāhu. -शोधन a. 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 pungent, sharp. (-नः) the sharp flavour, pungency. (-नम्) 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 cinnamon. -शोधिन् m. the citron tree. -शोषः dryness of the mouth. -श्रीः f. 'beauty of countenance', a lovely face. -संदंशः forceps. -संधिः m. A kind of fugue; S. D. 6th Parichcheda. -संभवः a Brāhmaṇa. -सुखम् facility of pronunciation, phonetic ease. -सुरम् the nectar of the lips (अधरामृत). -स्रावः saliva. -हासः cheerfulness or liveliness of countenance; सकमलमुखहासं वीक्षितः पद्मिनीभिः Śi.11.47.
mṛḍanam मृडनम् Favouring, showing grace. मृडा mṛḍā मृडानी mṛḍānī मृडी mṛḍī मृडा मृडानी मृडी An epithet of Pārvatī; शङ्के सुन्दरि कालकूटमपिबत् मूढो मृडानीपतिः Gīt.12.
menakā मेनका 1 N. of an Apsaras (mother of Śakuntalā). -2 N. of the wife of Himālaya. -Comp. -आत्मजा N. of Pārvatī.
mainākaḥ मैनाकः [मेनकायां भवः अण्] N. of a mountain, son of Himālaya and Menā, who alone retained his wings (when Indra clipped those of other mountains) on account of his friendship with the ocean; cf. Ku.1.2; चिरं जलनिधौ मग्नो मैनाक इव मार्दवम् Bv. -Comp. -स्वसृ f. epithet of Pārvatī.
yojanam योजनम् [युज्-भावादौ ल्युट्] 1 Joining, uniting, yoking. -2 Applying, fixing. -3 Preparation, arrangement. -4 Grammatical construction, construing the sense of a passage. -5 A measure of distance equal to four Krośas or eight or nine miles; स्याद् योजनं क्रोशचतुष्टयेन; प्रथममगमदह्ला योजने योजनेशः Līlā.; न योजनशतं दूरं बाह्यमानस्य तृष्णया H.1.146. -6 Exciting, instigation. -7 Concentration of the mind, abstraction (= योग q. v.). -8 Erecting, constructing (also योजना in this sense). -9 Ved. Effort, exertion. -1 A road, way. -11 The Supreme Spirit of the universe. -12 A finger. -ना 1 Junction, union, connection. -2 Grammatical construction. -3 Use, application. -Comp. -गन्धा 1 musk. -2 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -3 of Sītā.
rudra रुद्र a. [रोदिति रुद्-रक् Uṇ.2.22] 1 Dreadful, terrific frightful, formidable. -2 Great, large. -3 Driving away evil. -4 Praiseworthy. -द्रः 1 N. of a group of gods, eleven in number, supposed to be inferior manifestations of Śiva or Śaṁkara, who is said to be the head of the group; रुद्राणां शंकरश्चास्मि Bg.1.23; रुद्राणामपि मूर्धानः क्षतहुंकारशंसिनः Ku.2.26. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 Fire. -4 The number 'eleven'. -5 (pl.) प्राणs and इन्द्रियs; Mb.12.316.5 (com.). -6 N. for the hymns addressed to Rudra. -Comp. -अक्षः a kind of tree. (-क्षम्) 1 a rosary. -2 the berry of this tree, used for rosaries; भस्मोद्धूलन भद्रमस्तु भवते रुद्राक्षमाले शुभम् K. P.1. -अरिः the god of love. -आक्रीडः a cemetery. -आवासः 1 'the abode of Rudra', the mountain Kailāsa. -2 N. of Benares. -3 a cemetery; cf. पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -गर्भः N. of Agni. -जः quicksilver. -दर्शन a. terrific. -पत्नी 1 the goddess Durgā. -2 linseed. -प्रयागः the sacred place where the मन्दाकिनी joins the गङ्गा. -प्रिया 1 Pārvatī. -2 The yellow myrobalan tree. -भूः f. a cemetery. -यामलम् N. of a Tantra (a dialogue between भैरव and भैरवी). -रोदनम् gold; यत्सेवयाग्नेरिव रुद्ररोदनम् Bhāg. 8.24.48. -वीणा a kind of lute. -सखः N. of Kubera. -संमित a. equal to eleven. -सावर्णिः N. of the 12th Manu. -सूः f. a mother giving birth to eleven children.
rudrāṇī रुद्राणी 1 The wife of Rudra, N. of Pārvatī; रुद्राण्या भगवान् रुद्रो ददर्श स्वगणैर्वृतः Bhāg.12.1.3. -2 Epithet of a girl 11 years old.
lamba लम्ब a. [लम्ब्-अच्] 1 Hanging down, hanging from, pendent, dangling; पाण्ड्यो$यमंसार्पितलम्बहारः R.6.6,84; शतबुद्धिः कृतोन्नामः सलम्बश्च सहस्रधीः Pt.5.45; Me.86. -2 Hanging upon, attached to. -3 Great, large. -4 Spacious. -5 Long, tall. -म्बः 1 A perpendicular. -2 Colatitude, the arc between the pole of any place and the zenith, complement of latitude. -3 A bribe. -4 N. of a particular throw or move (at a kind of chess). -म्बी 1 A kind of food prepared from grain. -2 A flowering branch. -Comp. -उदर a. big-bellied, pot-bellied, portly. (-रः) 1 N. of Gaṇeśa. -2 a glutton. ˚जननी N. of Pārvatī; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Ā.L.11. (-री) N. of the goddess Tārā. -ओष्ठः (लम्बो-म्बौ-ष्ठः) a camel. -कर्णः 1 an ass. -2 a goat, -3 an elephant. -4 a falcon. -5 a demon or Rākṣasa. -गुणः, -ज्या, -रेखा the sine of the co-latitude; स्वाबाधाभुजकृत्योरन्तरमूलं प्रजायते लम्बः । लम्बगुणं भूम्यर्धं स्पष्टं त्रिभुजं फलं भवति Līlā. -जठर a. pot-bellied, portly. -दन्ता, -बीजा a kind of pepper. -पयोधरा a woman with large pendent breasts. -स्फिच् a. having fat or protuberant buttocks.
vara वर a. [वृ-कर्मणि अप्] 1 Best, excellent, most beautiful or precious, choicest, finest, royal, princely; with gen. or loc. or usually at the end of comp.; वदतां वरः R.1.59; वेदविदां वरेण 5.23;11.54; Ku.6.18; नृवरः, तरुवराः, सरिद्वरा &c. -2 Better than, preferable to; ग्रन्थिभ्यो धारिणो वराः Ms.12.13; Y.1.352. -रः 1 The act of choosing, selecting. -2 Choice, selection. -3 A boon, blessing, favour (तपोभिरिष्यते यस्तु देवेभ्यः स वरो मतः); वरं वृ or याच् 'to ask a boon'; प्रीतास्मि ते पुत्र वरं वृणीष्व R.2.63; भवल्लब्धवरोदीर्णः Ku.2.32; (for the distinction between वर and आशिस् see आशिस्). -4 A gift, present, reward, recompense. -5 A wish, desire in general. -6 Solicitation, entreaty. -7 Charity, alms. -8 Surrounding, enclosing. -9 Obstructing, checking. -1 A bridegroom, husband; वरं वरयते कन्या; see under वधू (1) also. -11 A suitor, wooer. -12 A dowry. -13 A son-in-law; 'वरो जामातरि श्रेष्ठे' इति विश्वः; रथाङ्गभर्त्रे$भिनवं वराय Śi.3.36. -14 A dissolute man, libertine. -15 A sparrow. -16 Bdellium. -रम् Saffron; (for वरम् see separately). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having an excellent form. (-ङ्गः) 1 an elephant. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Cupid. -4 a Nakṣatra year consisting of 324 days. (-ङ्गी) turmeric. (-ङ्गम्) 1 the head; वराङ्गानि महार्हाणि धनुषा शातयामि वः Rām.1.66.1; वराङ्गमुर्व्यामपतच्चमूमुखे Mb.8.91.53. -2 the best part. -3 an elegant form. -4 pudendum muliebre. -5 green cinnamon. -अङ्गना a lovely woman; वराङ्गनासेवनमल्पभोजनम् Lakṣmīcharitra. -अन्नम् excellent dish; पक्वापक्वं दिवारात्रं वरान्नममृतोपमम् Mb.7.67.2. -अरणिः a mother; ददर्श रावणस्तत्र गोवृषेन्द्रवरारणिम् Rām.7.23.22. -अर्ह a. 1 worthy of a boon. -2 very worthy, highly esteemed; -मत्कृते$द्य वरार्हायाः श्यामतां समुपागतम्(मुखम्) Mb.3.144. 11. -3 very expensive. -आनना a lovely-faced woman. -आजीविन् m. an astrologer. -आरुहः an ox. -आरोह a. having fine hips. (-हः) 1 an excellent rider. -2 a rider on an elephant or horse. -3 mounting, riding. (-हा) an elegant or a beautiful woman; कामं कुरु वरा- रोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. -आलिः the moon. -आसनम् 1 an excellent seat. -2 the chief seat, a seat of honour. -3 the China rose. -4 a cistern, reservoir. (-नः) 1 a door-keeper. -2 a lover, paramour -इन्द्रः 1 a chief, sovereign. -2 Indra. -3 (also n.) N. of a part of Bengal. -न्द्री the ancient Gaura or Gauda country. -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उरुः, -रूः f. a beautiful woman (lit. having beautiful thighs). -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra. -गात्र a. fair-limbed, beautiful. -चन्दनम् 1 a kind of sandal wood. -2 the pine tree. -तनु a. fairlimbed. (-नुः f.) a beautiful woman; वरतनुरथवासौ नैव दृष्टा त्वया मे V.4.22. -तन्तुः N. of an ancient sage; कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1. -त्वचः the Nimba tree. -द a. 1 conferring a boon, granting or fulfilling a boon; आगच्छ वरदे देवि जपे मे संनिधौ भव Sandhyā. -2 propitious. (-दः) 1 a benefactor. -2 N. of a class of Manes. -3 fire for propitiatory burnt offerings. ˚चतुर्थी N. of the 4th day in the bright half of माघ, ˚हस्तः the boon-giving or beneficent hand (placed on the head of a suppliant by a deity &c.). (-दा) 1 N. of a river; वरद वरदारोधोवृक्षैः सहावनतो रिपुः M.5.1. -2 a maiden, girl. -दक्षिणा 1 a present made to the bridegroom by the father of the bride. -2 a term for expense incurred in fruitless endeavours to recover a loss. -दानम् the granting of a boon. -दानिक a. arising from the bestowal of a favour or boon; चतुर्दश वने वासं वर्षाणि वरदानिकम् Rām.2.17.7. -द्रुमः agallochum. -धर्मः a noble act of justice. -निमन्त्र- णम् a journey undertaken by the parents of the bride to recall the bridegroom (who pretends to go to Kāśī.). -निश्चयः the choice of a bridegroom. -पक्षः the party of the bridegroom (at a wedding); प्रमुदितवरपक्षमेकतस्तत् R.6.86. -पुरुषः the best of men; अहं वरपुरुषमनुष्यो वासुदेवः कामयितव्यः Mk.1.3/31. -प्रद a. granting wishes. -प्रदा N. of Lopāmudrā. -प्रस्थानम्, -यात्रा the setting out of the bridegroom in procession towards the house of the bride for the celebration of marriage. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -बाह्लिकम् saffron. -युवतिः, -ती f. a beautiful young woman. -रुचिः N. of a poet and grammarian (one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama; see नवरत्न; he is identified by some with Kātyāyana, the celebrated author of the Vārtikas on Pāṇini's Sūtras). -लक्षणम् the requisites of wedding. पाणिग्रहणमन्त्राश्च प्रथितं वरलक्षणम् Mb.7.55.16. -लब्ध a. received as a boon. (-ब्धः) the Champaka tree. -वत्सला a mother-in-law. -वर्णम् gold. -वर्णिनी 1 an excellent or fair-complexioned woman; मया हीयं वृता पूर्वं भार्यार्थे वरवर्णिनी Mb.1.5.23. -2 a woman in general. -3 turmeric. -4 lac. -5 N. of Lakṣmī. -6 of Durgā. -7 of Sarasvatī. -8 the creeper called Priyaṅgu. -9 a yellow pigment. -वृद्धः N. of Śiva. -शीतम् cinnamon. -सुरत a. 1 very wanton. -2 acquainted with the secrets of sexual intercourse. -स्रज् f. 'the bridegroom's garland', the garland put by the bride round the neck of the bridegroom.
varā वरा 1 The three kinds of myrobalan. -2 A kind of perfume. -3 Turmeric. -4 N. of Pārvatī.
varṇaḥ वर्णः [वर्ण्-अच् Uṇ.3.1] 1 A colour, hue; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 A paint, dye, paint-colour; see वर्ण् (1). -3 Colour, complexion, beauty; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; त्वय्यादातुं जलमवनते शार्ङ्गिणो वर्णचौरे Me.48; R.8.42. -4 Look, countenance; मध्यस्थवर्ण इव दृश्यते Madhyamavyāyoga 1; किं त्वं शङ्कितवर्ण इव Chārudatta 4; अवदातिका परशङ्कितवर्णेव दृश्यते Pratimā 1. -5 A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र); वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण Vārt; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमपकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5. 1; R.5.19. -6 A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in सवर्णम् अक्षरम्; ब्रह्मणा पूर्वसृष्टं हि कर्मभिर्वर्णतां गतम् Mb.12. 188.1. -7 (a) A letter, character, sound; न मे वर्ण- विचारक्षमा दृष्टिः V.5; Ki.14.3. (b) A word, syllable; S. D.9. -8 Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; राजा प्रजा- रञ्जनलब्धवर्णः R.6.21. -9 A good quality, merit, virtue; त्रिवर्णा वर्णिता$स्माभिः किं भूयः श्रोतुमिच्छसि Bhāg.11.3.16. -1 Praise; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः परवर्णग्रहणेष्वसाधवः Śi.16. 29. -11 Dress, decoration. -12 Outward appearance, form, figure. -13 A cloak, mantle. -14 A covering, lid. -15 The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (गीतक्रम); अभिध्यायन्वर्णरतिप्रमोदानतिदीर्घे जीविते को रमेत Kaṭh.1.28; उपात्तवर्णे चरिते पिनाकिनः Ku.5.56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.' -16 The housings of an elephant. -17 A quality, property; जङ्गमानामसंख्येयाः स्थावराणां च जातयः । तेषां विविधवर्णानां कुतो वर्णविनिश्चयः ॥ Mb.12.188.9. -18 A religious observance. -19 An unknown quantity. -2 The number 'one'. -21 Application of perfumed unguents to the body. -22 Gold. -23 A musical mode. -र्णा Cajanus Indicus (Mar. तूर). -र्णम् 1 Saffron. -2 A coloured unguent or perfume. -Comp. -अङ्का a pen. -अधिपः a planet presiding over a caste or class. -अनुप्रासः alliteration. -अन्तरम् 1 another caste. ˚गमनम् the passing into another caste. -2 change of sound. -अपसदः an outcast. -अपेत a. devoid of any cast, outcast, degraded; वर्णा- प्रेतमविज्ञातं ...... कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -अवकृष्टः a Śūdra; अपि वर्णावकृष्टस्तु नारी वा धर्मकाङ्क्षिणी Mb.12.24.34. -अर्हः a kind of bean. -अवर a. inferior in caste. -आगमः the addition of a letter; भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः Sk. -आत्मन् m. a word. -आश्रमाः the (four) castes and stages of life; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. ˚गुरुः N. of Śiva. ˚धर्मः the duties of caste and order. -उदकम् coloured water; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तै- स्तमायताक्ष्यः प्रणयादसिञ्चन् R.16.7. -कविः N. of a son of Kubera. -कूपिका an ink-stand. -क्रमः 1 the order of castes or colours. -2 alphabetical order or arrangement. -गत a. 1 coloured. -2 algebraical. -गुरुः a king, prince. -ग्रथणा a method (artificial) of writing verses. -चारकः a painter. -ज्येष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa. -तर्णकम्, -तर्णिका woollen cloth used as a mat. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तूलिः, -तूलिका, -तूली f. a pencil, paint-brush. -द a. colouring. (-दम्) a kind of fragrant yellow wood. -दात्री turmeric. -दूतः a letter. -दूषक a. violating the distinctions of castes; यत्र त्वेते परिध्वंसा जायन्ते वर्णदूषकाः Ms.1.61. -धर्मः the peculiar duties of a caste. -नाथः the planetary regent of a caste. -पत्रम् a pallet. -परिचयः skill in song or music. -पातः the omission of a letter. -पात्रम् a paint-box. -पुष्पम् the flower of the globe-amaranth. -पुष्पकः the globeamaranth. -प्रकर्षः excellence of colour. -प्रसादनम् aloe-wood. -बुद्धिः the notion connected with particular letters or sounds. -भेदिनी millet. -मातृ f. a pen, pencil. -मातृका N. of Sarasvatī. -माला, -राशिः the alphabet. -रे(ले)खा, -लेखिका chalk. -वर्तिः, -वर्तिका f. 1 a paint-brush; फलकमादाय मणिसमुद्गकाद्वर्णवर्तिकामुद्धृत्य Dk.2.2. -2 a pencil. -वादिन् m. a panegyrist. -विक्रिया enmity against the castes. -विपर्ययः the substitution or change of letters; (भवेत्) सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk. -विलासिनी turmeric. -विलोडकः 1 a house-breaker. -2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer). -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. मात्रावृत्त). -व्यव- -स्थितिः f. the institution of caste, caste-system. -शिक्षा instruction in letters. -श्रेष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa; वर्णश्रेष्ठो द्विजः पूज्यः H.4.21. -संयोगः marriage between persons of the same caste. -संसर्गः confusion of castes, marriage with members of other castes; Ms.8.172. -संहारः an assemblage of different castes. -संकरः 1 confusion of castes through intermarriage; स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्ण- संकरः Bg.1.41. -2 mixture or blending of colours; चित्रेषु वर्णसंकरः K. (where both senses are intended); Śi.14.37. -संघातः, -समाम्नायः the alphabet. -स्थानम् an organ of utterance. -हीन a. outcast.
vasu वसु a. Sweet. -2 Dry. -3 Ved. Wealthy, rich. -4 Ved. Good. -n. [वस्-उन् Uṇ.1.1] 1 Wealth, riches; स्वयं प्रदुग्धे$स्य गुणैरुपस्नुता वसूपमानस्य वसूनि मेदिनी Ki.1.18; R.8.31; 9.6 वस्वीशाद् वसुनिकरं (लब्ध्वा) धृतानुरागा Rām. ch.7.58. -2 A jewel, gem. -3 Gold. -4 Water; वसु काल उपादत्ते काले चायं विमुञ्चति Bhāg.4.16.6. -5 A thing, substance; त्रात्वार्थितो जगति पुत्रपदं च लेभे दुग्धा वसूनि वसुधा सकलानि येन Bhāg.2.7.9; Mb.12.98.2. -6 A kind of salt. -7 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -8 A yellow kind of kidney-bean. -9 The ghee (घृत); विधिना वेददृष्टेन वसोर्धारा- मिवाध्वरे Mb.13.2.35. -m. 1 N. of a class of deities (usually pl. in this sense); सेयं भूरिवसोर्वसोरिव सुता मृत्यो- र्मुखे वर्तते Māl 5.24; Ki.1.18; (the Vasus are eight in number :-- 1 आप, 2 ध्रुव, 3 सोम, 4 धर or धव, 5 अनिल, 6 अनल, 7 प्रत्यूष, and 8 प्रभास; sometimes अह is substituted for आप; धरो ध्रुवश्च सोमश्च अहश्चैवानिलो$नलः । प्रत्यूषश्च प्रभासश्च वसवो$ष्टाविति स्मृताः). -2 The number 'eight'. -3 N. of Kubera. -4 Of Śiva. -5 Of Agni. -6 A tree. -7 A lake, pond. -8 A rein. -9 The tie of a yoke. -1 A halter. -11 A ray of light; निरकाशयद्रविमपेतवसुं वियदालयादपरदिग्गणिका Śi.9.1; शिथिलवसुमगाधे मग्नमापत् पयोधौ Ki.1.46 (in both cases वसु means 'wealth' also). -12 The sun. -13 The distance from the elbow to the closed fist. -f. 1 A ray of light. -2 Light, radiance. -3 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -Comp. -उत्तमः N. of Bhīṣma; तान् समेतान् महाभागानुपलभ्य वसूत्तमः । पूजयामास ...... Bhāg.1.9.9. -उपमः Natron (Mar. सज्जीखार). -ओ (औ) कसारा 1 N. of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -2 of Alakā, the city of Kubera; 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; वस्वौकसारां नलिनीमतीत्यैवोत्तरान् कुरून् Rām.2.94.26; व्यक्तं वस्वोकसारेयम् Mb.7.67.16. (com. वस्वोकसारा सलोप आर्षः । कनकमयानि ओकांसि सारो यस्याः सा तथा). -3 of a river attached to Amarāvatī and Alakā. -कीटः, -कृमिः a beggar. -ता, -तातिः f. Ved. wealth. -दा the earth. -देवः N. of the father of Kṛiṣṇa and son of Sūra, a descendant of Yadu. ˚भूः, -सुतः &c. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -देवता, -देव्या the asterism called Dhaniṣṭhā. -देव्या the ninth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्रुमः the Udumbara tree. -धर्मिका crystal. -धा 1 the earth; वसुधेयमवेक्ष्यतां त्वया R.8.83; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.35;1.25. -2 the heaven; धरान् धरित्रीं वसुधां भर्तुस्तिष्ठाम्यनन्तरम् Mb. 13.93.1 (com. वसून् देवान् धत्ते इति व्युत्पत्त्या वसुधां दिवम्). -3 the ground; वसुधालिङ्गनधूसरस्तनी Ku.4.4. ˚अधिपः a king. ˚धरः a mountain; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V.1.18. ˚नगरम् the capital of Varuṇa. -धारा, -भारा the capital of Kubera. [वसोर्धारा 1 a stream of ghee prepared for Vasus; कुड्यलग्नां वसोर्धारां सप्त वारान् घृतेन तु । कारयेत् प़ञ्च वारान् वा नातिनीचां न चोच्छ्रिताम् Chhandogapaddhati. -2 N. of a vessel for pouring ghee into fire; त्वया द्वादशवर्षाणि वसोर्धाराहुतं हविः Mb.1.223.72. -3 N. of the heavenly Ganges (मन्दाकिनी); Mb.13.8.5.]. -धारिणी the earth. -पालः a king. -प्रभा one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्राणः an epithet of Agni. -भम् the constellation धनिष्ठा. -रण्व a. delighted with wealth; वसुरण्वो विभुरसि Mahānār.17.15. -रेतस् m. fire; संप्राप्तो यत्र सांनिध्यं सदासीद् वसुरेतसः Rām.7.31.7; Mb.1.13.3. -रोचिस् m. 1 sacrifice; religious ceremony. -2 Fire. -व्रतम् a kind of penance (eating only ground rice for twelve days). -श्रेष्ठम् 1 wrought gold. -2 silver. -षेणः N. of Karṇa; वसुवर्मधरं दृष्ट्वा तं बालं हेमकुण्डलम् । नामास्य वसुषेणेति ततश्चक्रुर्द्विजातयः ॥ Mb.3.39.13-14. -स्थली N. of the city of Kubera.
vāc वाच् f. [वच्-क्विप् दीर्घो$संप्रसारणं च Uṇ.2.67] 1 A word, sound, an expression (opp. अर्थ); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1. -2 Words, talk, language, speech; वाचि पुण्यापुण्यहेतवः Māl.4; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते । ऋषीणां पुनराद्यानां वाचमर्थो$नुधावति U.1.1; विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमाददे Ki.1.3 'spoke these words', 'spoke as follows'; R.1.49; Śi.2.13,23; Ku.2.3. -3 A voice, sound; अशरीरिणी वागुदचरत् U.2; मनुष्यवाचा R.2.33. -4 An assertion, a statement. -5 An assurance, a promise. -6 A phrase, proverb, saying. -7 N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -Comp. -अपहारकः (वागपहारकः) 1 a 'stealer of speech', a reader of prohibited texts; Ms.11.51. -2 a liar (मिथ्यावादी). -अपेत (वागपेत) a. dumb. -अर्थः (वागर्थः) a word and its meaning; वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; see above. -असिः cutting speech (cutting like a sword); स्फुरन्नसाधोर्विवृणोति वागसिः Ki.14.12. -आडम्बरः, (-वागाडम्बरः) verbosity, bombast. -आत्मन् a. (वागात्मन्) consisting of words; ऋषे प्रबुद्धो$सि वागात्मनि ब्रह्मणि U.2. -ईशः (वागीशः) 1 an orator, an eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; वागीशाद्याः सुमनसः Nyāyamāla. -3 an epithet of Brahman; वागीशं (धातारं) वाग्भिरर्थ्याभिः प्रणिपत्योपतस्थिरे Ku.2.3. -4 the lunar mansion called Puṣya. (-शा) N. of Sarasvatī. -ईश्वरः (वागीश्वरः) 1 an orator, eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Brahman. (-री) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -उत्तरम् (वागु- त्तरम्) end of speech. -ऋषभः, (वागृषभः) 'eminent in speech', an eloquent or learned man. -कलहः- (वाक्कलहः) a quarrel, strife. -कीरः (वाक्कीरः) a wife's brother. -केलिः, -ली (वाक्केलिः -ली) witty conversation. -गुदः (वाग्गुदः) a kind of bird; Ms.12.64. -गुणः (वाग्गुणः) a merit or excellence of speech; (35 such merits are enumerated by Hemachandra). -गुम्फः (pl.) artificial language. -गुलिः, -गुलिकः (वाग्गुलिः &c.) the betel-bearer of a king &c.; cf. ताम्बूलकरङ्कवाहिन्. -चपल a. (-वाक्चपल) chattering, frivolous or inconsiderate in talk. -चापल्यम् (वाक्चापल्यम्) idle or frivolous talk, chattering, gossiping. -छलम् (वाक्छलम्) 'dishonesty in words', an evasive reply, a prevarication; एतावदेवास्ति मे वाक्छलम् Mu.2; केनेदममृतं मे वाक्छलाद् वृष्टम् K.33. -जालम् (वाग्जालम्) bombast, empty talk; अनिर्लोडितकार्यस्य वाग्जालं वाग्मिनो वृथा Śi.2.27. -जीवमः (वाग्जीवनः) a buffon; Kau. A.2.1. -डम्बरः (वाग्ड- म्बरः) 1 bombast. -2 eloquent language. -दण्डः (वाग्दण्डः) 1 reproachful words, reprimand, reproof. -2 restraint of speech, control over words; cf. त्रिदण्ड Ms.12.1. -दत्त (वाग्दत्त) a. promised, affianced, betrothed. (-त्ता) an affianced or betrothed virgin; Kull. on Ms.5.72. -दरिद्र (वाग्दरिद्र) a. 'poor in words', i. e. speaking little. -दलम् (वाग्दलम्) a lip. -दानम् (वाग्दानम्) betrothal; Ms.5.72 (Kull.). -दुष्ट a. (वाग्दुष्ट) 1 abusive, scurrilous, using abusive words; Ms.8.345. -2 using ungrammatical language. (-ष्टः) 1 a defamer. -2 a Brāhmaṇa not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time of his life. -देवता, -देवी (वाग्देवता, वाग्देवी) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; वाग्देवतायाः सांमुख्यमाधत्ते S. D.1. ˚कुलम् science, learning. -दोषः (वाग्दोषः) 1 the utterance of a (disagreeable) sound; द्वीपिचर्मपरिच्छन्नो वाग्दोषाद् गर्दभो हतः H. B. -2 abuse, defamation. -3 an ungrammatical speech. -निबन्धन (वाग्निबन्धन) a. depending on words. -निमि- त्तम् (वाङ्निमित्तम्) Prognostications; तच्चाकर्ण्य वाङ्- निमित्तज्ञः पितरि सुतरां जीविताशां शिथिलीचकार Hch. V. -निश्चयः (वाङ्निश्चयः) affiance by word of month, marriage contract. -निष्ठा (वाङ्निष्ठा) faithfulness (to one's word or promise). -पटु a. (वाक्पटु) skilful in speech, eloquent. -पति a. (वाक्पति) eloquent; oratorical. (-तिः) 1 N. of Bṛihaspati (in this sense वाचसांपतिः is also used). -2 the constellation Puṣya. -पथः(वाक्पथः) 1 a moment fit for speech. -2 the range of speech. -पाटवम् (वाक्पाटवम्) eloquence. -पारीणः (वाक्पा- रीणः) beyond the range of speech; वाक्पारीणरुचिः स चेन्मुखमयं पद्मः प्रिये तावकम् N.22.14. -पारुष्यम् (वाक्पारु- ष्यम्) 1 severity of language. -2 violence in words, abusive or scurrilous language, defamation; एवं दण्डविधिः प्रोक्तो वाक्पारुष्यस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.278. -प्रचोदनम् (वाक्प्रचो- दनम्) an order expressed in words. -प्रतोदः (वाक्प्र- तोदः) 'the goad of words', goading or taunting language. -प्रलापः (वाक्प्रलापः) eloquence. -बन्धनम् (वाग्बन्धनम्) stopping the speech, silencing; व्रीडार्ता प्रकरोति दाडिमपलव्याजेन वाग्बन्धनम् Amaru.16. -भट (वाग्भटः) N. of a writer on medicine. -मनस n. (the duel -वाङ्मनसी in Vedic language) speech and mind; अथैनं तुष्टुवुः स्तुत्यमवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः Śiva-mahimna 2. -मात्रम् (वाङ्मात्रम्) mere words. -मुखम् (वाङ्मुखम्) the beginning or introduction of a speech, an exordium, a preface. -यत a. (-वाग्यत) one who has controlled or curbed his speech, silent. -यमः (वाग्यमः) one who has controlled his speech, a sage. -यामः (वाग्यामः) a dumb man. -युद्धम् (वाग्युद्धम्) a war of words, (hot) debate or discussion, controversy. -रोधः (वाग्रोधः) stopping the speech, silencing. -वज्रः (वाग्वज्रः) 1 adamantine words; अहह दारुणो वाग्वज्रः U.1. -2 harsh or severe language. -विद् a. (वाग्विद्) eloquent. -विदग्ध a. (वाग्विदग्ध) skilled in speech. (-ग्धा) a sweet-speaking or fascinating woman. -विनिःसृत a. (वाग्विनिःसृत) put forth by speech; वाच्यर्था नियताः सर्वे वाङ्मूला वाग्वि- निःसृताः । तां तु यः स्तेनयेद्वाचं स सर्वस्तेयकृन्नरः ॥ Ms.4.256. -विभवः (वाग्विभवः) stock or provision of words, power of description, command of language; नास्ति मे वाग्विभवः प्रशंसितुम् V.3; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9; Māl.1.26. -विलासः (वाग्विलासः) graceful or elegant speech. -विलासिन् m. (वाग्विलासिन्) pigeon, dove. -विस्तरः (वाग्विस्तरः) prolixity. -वीरः (वाग्वीरः) master of speech. -व्ययः (वाग्व्ययः) waste of breath. -व्यवहारः (वाग्व्यवहारः) verbal or oral discussion; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रं किमत्र वाग्व्यवहारेण M.1. -व्यापारः (वाग्व्यापारः) 1 the manner of speaking. -2 the style or habit of speaking. -3 customary phraseology or mode of talking. -शलाका (वाक्शलाका) injurious speech. -शल्यम्(वाक्शल्यम्) = वाक्शलाका. -शस्त्रम् (वाक्शस्त्रम्) a curse; वाक्शस्त्रं वै ब्राह्मणस्य तेन हन्यादरीन् द्विजः Ms.11.33. -संतक्षणम् sarcastic remarks; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -संयमः (वाक्संयमः), -संवरः (वाक्संवरः) restraint or control of speech. -संगः (वाक्संगः) 1 impeded or slow speech. -2 paralysis of speech. -सारः (वाक्सारः) eloquence. -सिद्धम् (वाक्सिद्धम्) supernatural perfection of speech. -स्तम्भः (वाक्स्तम्भः) paralysis of speech.
vāṅmaya वाङ्मय a. (-यी f.) 1 Consisting of words; लिपेर्यथावद्- ग्रहणेन वाङ्मयं नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28; इत्येषा वाङ्मयी पूजा श्रीमच्छंकरपादयोः Śiva-mahimna 4. -2 Relating to speech or words; Ms.12.6; स्वाध्यायाभ्यसनं चैव वाङ्मयं तप उच्यते Bg.17.15. -3 Endowed with speech; अयमात्मा वाङ्मयो मनोमयः प्राणमयः Bṛi. Up.1.5.3. -4 Eloquent, rhetorical, oratorical. -यम् 1 Speech, language; म्यरस्तजभ्नगैर्लान्तैरेभिर्दशभिरक्षरैः । समस्तं वाङ्मयं व्याप्तं त्रैलोक्यमिव विष्णुना Chand. M.1.7; द्विधाप्रयुक्तेन च वाङ्मयेन सरस्वती तन्मि- थुनं नुनाव Ku.7.9; Śi.2.72. -2 Eloquence. -3 Rhetoric. -यी The goddess Sarasvatī.
vāṇiḥ वाणिः f. 1 Weaving. -2 A weaver's loom. -3 Speech, words. -4 N. of Sarasvatī. -5 A cloud. -6 Price, value.
vāṇī वाणी 1 Speech, words, language; वाण्येका समलंकरोति पुरुषं या संस्कृता धार्यते Bh.2.19. -2 Power of speech. -3 Sound, voice; केका वाणी मयूरस्य Ak.; so आकाशवाणी. -4 A literary production, a work or composition; मद्वाणि मा कुरु विषादमनादरेण मात्सर्यमग्नमनसां सहसा खलानाम् Bv.4.41; U.7.2. -5 Praise. -6 Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning; तव करकमलस्थां स्फाटिकीमक्षमालां, नखकिरणविभिन्नां दाडिमीबीजबुद्ध्या । अनुलवमनुकर्षन् येन कीरो निषिद्धः, स भवतु मम भूत्यै वाणि ते मन्दहासः ॥. -7 Eloquent speech. -8 Music. -9 N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables. -Comp. -वादः a kind of bird.
vāmā वामा 1 A woman. -2 A lovely woman; मधु द्राक्षा साक्षादमृतमथ वामाधरसुधा Bv.4.39,42. -3 N. of Gaurī. -4 Of Lakṣmī. -5 Of Sarasvatī.
vāri वारि n. [वृ-इञ् Uṇ. 4.124] 1 Water; यथा खनन् खनित्रेण नरो वार्यधिगच्छति Subhāṣ. -2 A fluid. -3 A kind of perfume (वाल or ह्रीवेर). -रिः, -री f. 1 A place for fastening an elephant; वारी वारैः सस्मरे वारणानाम् Śi.18. 56; R.5.15. ˚कर्मन् n. method of catching elephants with traps; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -2 A rope for fastening an elephant. -3 A hole or trap for catching elephants. -4 A captive, prisoner. -5 A water-pot. -6 N. of Sarasvatī. -7 Speech. -Comp. -अयनम् a reservoir of water, pond; दूरे वार्ययनं तीर्थं लावण्यं केशधारणम् Bhāg. 12.2.6. -ईशः 1 the ocean; (चरणः) चिरं चेतश्चारी मम भवतु वारीशदुहितुः Lakṣmīlaharī S.6. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -उद्भ- -वम् a lotus. -ओकः a leech; यथाल्पाल्पमदन्त्याद्यं वार्योकोवत्स- षट्पदाः Ms.7.129. -गर्भः a cloud. -गृहम् a pond. -कर्पूरः a kind of fish (इलीश). -कुब्जकः the plant शृङ्गाटक. -कूटः a turret protecting the access to the gate of a town. -क्रिमिः a leech. -चत्वरः a piece of water. -चर a. aquatic. (-रः) 1 a fish. -2 any aquatic animal; अनृणी चाप्रवासी च स वारिचर मोदते Mb.3.313.15. -चामरम् moss. -ज a. produced in water. (-जः) 1 a conchshell; प्रणनाद सांनहनिको$स्य वारिजः Śi.15.72. -2 any bivalve shell. (-जम्) 1 a lotus; दधद्भिरभितस्तटौ बिकचवारिजाम्बू नदैः Śi.4.66. -2 a kind of salt. -3 a kind of plant. (गौरसुवर्ण). -4 cloves. -तस्करः 1 a cloud. -2 the sun. -त्रा an umbrella. -दः 1 a cloud; वितर वारिद वारि दवातुरे Subhāṣ Bv.1.3; विद्युद्वारिदगर्जितैः सचकिता Mk. (-दम्) 1 a kind of perfume; रास्रारग्वधवर्षाभूकटुकोशीर- वारिदैः Suśr. -2 an offerer of water to ancestors; पितुर्भव वारिदः Ve.6.24. -द्रः the Chātaka bird. -धरः a cloud; नववारिधरोदयादहोमिर्भवितव्यं च निरातपत्वरम्यैः V.4.1. -धारा a shower of rain. -धिः 1 the ocean; वारिधिसुतामक्ष्णां दिदृक्षुः शतैः Gīt.12. -2 a jar or pot. -नाथः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 a cloud. -4 the habitation of the serpent-race. -निधिः the ocean. -पथः, -थम् 'journey by sea', a voyage. -पिण्डः a frog in the middle of a stone. -प्रवाहः a cascade, water-fall. -भवः a conch. (-वम्) antimony. -मसिः, -मुच् m., -रः a cloud. -यन्त्रम् a water-wheel, a machine for drawing up water; बिन्दूतक्षेपान् पिपासुः परिपतति शिखी भ्रान्तिमद्वारियन्त्रम् M.2.13. -रथः a raft, boat, float. -राशिः 1 the ocean. -2 a lake. -रुहम् a lotus. -लोमन् m. 1 N. of Varuṇa. -2 collyrium. -वरः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -वल्लभा Batatas Paniculata (Mar. भुईकोहाळी). -वासः a dealer in spirituous liquors. -वाहः, -वाहनः a cloud; अथ दीपितवारिवाहवर्त्मा Ki.13.2; कृतनिश्चयिनो वन्द्यास्तुङ्गिमा नोपभुज्यते । चातकः को वराको$यं यस्येन्द्रो वारिवाहकः Pt.2.142. -शः N. of Viṣṇu. -संभवः 1 cloves. -2 a kind of antimony. -3 the fragrant root called उशीर q. v. -साम्यम् milk.
vicitra विचित्र a. 1 Diversified, variegated, spotted, speckled; इयमुद्ग्रथते स्रजो विचित्राः Mu.1.4. -2 Various, varied. -3 Painted. -4 Beautiful, lovely; क्वचिद्विचित्रं जलयन्त्रमन्दिरम् Ṛs.1.2. -5 Wonderful, surprising, strange; हतविधिलसितानां हि विचित्रो विपाकः Śi.11.64. -त्रः The Aśoka tree. -त्रा A white deer. -त्रम् 1 Variegated colour. -2 Surprise. -3 A figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the meaning intended). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having a spotted body. (-ङ्गः) 1 a peacock. -2 tiger. -अन्नम् a kind of rice food (Mar. खिचडी). -देह a. having a lovely body. (-हः) a cloud. -रूप a. diverse. -वर्षिन् raining here and there. -वीर्यः N. of a king of the lunar race. [He was a son of Śantanu by his wife Satyavatī and so half-brother of Bhīṣma. When he died childless, his mother called Vyāsa (her own son before her marriage), and requested him to raise up issue to Vichitravīrya in accordance with the practice of Niyoga. He complied with the request, and begot on Ambikā and Ambālikā, the two widows of his brother, two sons Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Paṇḍu respectively.]
vidura विदुर a. [विद्-कुरच् P.III.2.162] Wise, intelligent. -रः 1 A wise or learned man. -2 A crafty man, an intriguer. -3 N. of the younger brother of Paṇḍu. [When Satyavatī found that both the sons begotten by Vyāsa upon her two daughters-in-law were physically incapacitated for the throne-Dhṛitarāṣṭra being blind and Paṇḍu pale and sickly-- she asked them to seek the assistance of Vyāsa once more. But being frightened by the austere look of the sage, the elder widow sent one of her slave-girls dressed in her own clothes, and this girl became the mother of Vidura. He is remarkable for his great wisdom, righteousness, and strict impartiality. He particularly loved the Pāṇḍavas, and saved them from several critical dangers.] -Comp. -नीतिः, -प्रजागरः N. of chapters 33 to 4 in the 5th Parva of Mahābhārata.
vidhiḥ विधिः [विधा-कि] 1 Doing, performance, practice, an act or action; ब्रह्मध्यानाभ्यसनविधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41; योगविधि R.8.22; अस्याः सर्गविधौ V.1.8; लेखाविधि Māl. 1.35. -2 Method, manner, way, means, mode; निः- साराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -3 A rule, commandment, any precept which enjoins something for the first time (as distinguished from नियम and परिसंख्या q. q. v. v.); विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ; चिकीर्षाकृतिसाध्यत्व- हेतुधीविषयो विधिः; वहति विधिहुतं या हविः Ś.1.1. -4 A sacred precept or rule, ordinance, injunction, law, a sacred command, religious commandment (opp. अर्थवाद which means 'an explanatory statement coupled with legends and illustrations'; see अर्थवाद); प्रवृत्तिपरं वाक्यं विधिः, as ज्योतिष्टोमेन स्वर्गकामो यजेत; श्रद्धा वित्तं विधिश्चेति त्रितयं तत् समागतम् Ś.7.29; R.2.16. -5 Any religious act or ceremony, a rite, ceremony; स चेत् स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्तरायो भवसि च्युतो विधिः R.3.45;1.34. -6 Behaviour, conduct. -7 Condition; V.4. -8 Creation, formation; सामग्ऱ्यविधौ Ku.3.28; कल्याणी विधिषु विचित्रता विधातुः Ki.7.7. -9 The creator. -1 Fate, destiny, luck; विधौ वामारम्भे मम समुचितैषा परिणतिः Māl.4.4. -11 The food of elephants. -12 Time. -13 A physician. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -15 Use, application. -16 A means, expedient for; अक्षरं गन्तुमनसो विधिं वक्ष्यामि शीघ्रगम् Mb.12. 236.13. -17 Any act, action. -Comp. -अन्तः The end or the concluding portion of an injunctive text, all the other portion of the प्रयोगविधि (pertaining to an act) except the प्रधान or मुख्य विधि which is called विध्यादि; विध्यन्तो वा प्रकृतिवत्˚ MS.7.4.1; सोमेन यजेत इति विध्यादिः । सौमिकमपि ब्राह्मणं विध्यन्तः ŚB. ibid. Also see विध्यादि. -आदिः m. the beginning of a विधि or injunction; the main or प्रधान injunction; वेदे$पि दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यां यजेत इति विध्यादिः । विध्यन्तो$पि प्रधानविधिवर्जितं कृत्स्नं पौरोडाशिकं ब्राह्मणम् ŚB. on MS.7.4.1. -कर a. executing commands; विधिकरीरिमा वीर मुह्यतीरधरसीधुनाप्याययस्व नः Bhāg.1.31.8. -m. a servant; सो$यं ते विधिकर ईश विप्रशप्तस्तस्येदं निधन- मनुग्रहाय विद्मः Bhāg.7.8.57. -घ्नः a. disregarding prescribed rites or rules. -ज्ञ a. knowing the ritual. (-ज्ञः) a Brāhmaṇa versed in the ritual, a ritualist. -दर्शकः a priest at a sacrifice who sees that everything is done according to the precepts, and corrects any deviation from them. -दृष्ट, -विहित a. prescribed by rule, enjoined by law. -देशकः 1 = विधिदर्शक above. -2 a preceptor, teacher. -द्वैधम् diversity of rules, variance of precept or commandment. -पूर्वकम् ind. according to rule. -प्रयोगः application of a rule. -यज्ञः 1 a sacrifice performed according to rule; Ms.2. 85-86. -2 a ceremonial act of worship. -योगः 1 the force or influence of fate. -2 the observance of a rule; अनेन विधियोगेन कर्तव्यांशप्रकल्पना Ms.8.211. -लोपः transgression of a commandment. -वधूः f. an epithet of Sarasvatī. -विपर्ययः misfortune. -विभक्तिः f. a potential termination; a termination which lays down an injunction; विधिविभक्तिं हि विधायिकां लिङं मन्यमानाः श्लोकमिमं समामनन्ति ŚB. on MS.4.3.3. The श्लोक referred to here is; कुर्यात् क्रियेत कर्तव्यं भवेत् स्यादिति पञ्चमम् । एतत् स्यात् सर्ववेदेषु नियतं विधिलक्षणम् ॥ This श्लोक speaks of the five forms which the विधिविभक्ति takes in the Vedic literature. -हीन a. devoid of rule, unauthorised, irregular.
vinaśanam विनशनम् Perishing, loss, destruction, disappearance. -नः N. of the place where the river Sarasvatī is lost in the sand; cf. हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत् प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः प्रकीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21.
viśāla विशाल a. 1 Large, great, extensive, spacious, broad, wide; गृहैर्विशालैरपि भूरिशालैः Śi.3.5; रथचरण- विशालश्रोणिलोलेक्षणेन 11.23;17.47; R.2.21;6.32; ते तं भुक्त्वा स्वर्गलोकं विशालम् Bg.9.21. -2 Rich or abounding in; श्रीविशालां विशालाम् Me.3. -3 Eminent, illustrious, great, noble, celebrated. -लः 1 A kind of deer. -2 A kind of bird. -ला 1 N. of the town Ujjayini; पूर्वोद्दिष्टामनु- सर पुरीं श्रीविशालां विशालाम् Me.3. -2 N. of a river. -3 Colocynth (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ). -Comp. -अक्ष a. largeeyed. (-क्षः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Garuḍa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of an ancient authority on the science of Govt. referred to by Kauṭilya; Kau. A. 1.15. (-क्षी) an epithet of Pārvatī. -कुलम् a noble or eminent family; रुपयौवनसंपन्ना विशालकुलसंभवाः । विद्याहीना न शोभन्ते निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः ॥ H. -त्वच् m. Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -विजयः A kind of military array.
vṛṣaḥ वृषः 1 A bull; असंपदस्तस्य वृषेण गच्छतः Ku.5.8; Me.54; R.2.35; Ms.9.123. -2 The sign Taurus of the zodiac. -3 The chief or best of a class, the best of its kind; (often at the end of comp.); मुनिवृषः, कपिवृषः &c. -4 The god of love. -5 A strong or athletic man. -6 A lustful man, a man of one of the four classes into which men are divided in erotic works; बहुगुणबहुबन्धः शीघ्रकामो नताङ्गः । सकलरुचिरदेहः सत्यवादी वृषो ना ॥ Ratimañjarī 37. -7 An enemy, adversary. -8 A rat. -9 The bull of Śiva. -1 Morality, justice; justice personified; वृषो हि भगवान् धर्मः Ms.8.16. -11 Virtue, a pious or meritorious act; न सद्गतिः स्याद् वृषवर्जितानां Kīr. K.9.62 (where वृष means a 'bull' also). -12 N. of Karṇa. -13 N. of Viṣṇu. -14 N. of a particular drug. -15 The principal die. -16 Water. -17 A particular form of a temple. -18 Ground suitable for the foundation of a house. -19 A male, any male animal. -षम् 1 A peacock's plumage. -2 A woman's apartment. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 an epithet of Śiva; उमावृषाङ्कौ शरजन्मना यथा (ननन्दतुः) R.3.23. -2 a pious or virtuous man. -3 the marking-nut plant. -4 a eunuch. ˚जः a small drum. -अञ़्चनः an epithet of Śiva. -अन्तकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आहारः a cat. -इन्द्रः an excellent bull. -उत्सर्गः setting free a bull on the occasion of a funeral rite, or as a religious act generally; एकादशाहे प्रेतस्य यस्य चोत्सृज्यते वृषः । प्रेतलोकं परित्यज्य स्वर्गलोकं च गच्छति ॥ -दंशः, -दंशकः a cat; अन्तरिक्षे वराहस्य वृषदंशस्य चोभयोः (प्रणादम्) Mb.6.2.25. -दर्भ a. lowering the pride of Indra (इन्द्रदर्पहन्ता); वृषदर्भो वृषाकपिः Mb.12.43.1. -ध्वजः 1 an epithet of Śiva; येन बाणमसृजद्वृषध्वजः R.11.44. -2 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 a pious or virtuous man. -नाशनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a bull set at liberty. -पर्वन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of a demon who with the aid of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras, maintained struggle with the gods for a long time. His daughter Śarmiṣṭhā was married by Yayāti; see Yayāti and Devayānī. -भासा the residence of Indra and the gods; i. e. Amarāvatī. -राजकेतनः N. of Śiva. -लक्षणा a masculine girl (unfit for marriage). -लोचनः a cat. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -शत्रुः N. of Viṣṇu. -सानुः 1 man. -2 death. -सृक्किन् m. A wasp. -सेनः N. of Karṇa; Mb.12.27.2. -स्कन्ध a. having shoulders as lusty as those of a bull; वपुर्वष- स्कन्धसुबन्धुरांसकम् U.6.25; R.12.34.
veṇiḥ वेणिः णी f. [वेण्-इन्-वा ङीप् Uṇ.4.18] 1 Braided hair, a braid of hair; तरङ्गिणी वेणिरिवायता भुवः Śi.12.75; Me. 18. -2 Hair twisted into a single unornamented braid and allowed to fall on the back (said to be worn by wom en whose husbands are absent from them); वनान्निवृत्तेन रघूत्तमेन मुक्ता स्वयं वेणिरिवावभासे R.14.12; अबलावेणिमोक्षोत्सुकानि Me.11; Ku.2.61. -3 Continuous flow, current, stream; जलवेणिरम्यां रेवां यदि प्रेक्षितुमस्ति कामः R.6.43; Me. 2; प्रवृत्तबाष्पवेणिकं चक्षुः प्रमृज्य K.; cf. the word त्रिवेणि also. -4 The confluence of two or more rivers. -5 The confluence of the Ganges, Yamunā and Sarasvatī. -6 N. of a river. -7 The property re-united after it has been before divided. -8 A cascade. -9 A dam, bridge. -1 A ewe. -Comp. -बन्धः hair twisted into a braid; मोक्ष्यध्वे स्वर्गबन्दीनां वेणीबन्धानदूषितान् R.1.47. -वेधनी a leech. -वेधिनी a comb. -संहारः 1 tying the hair into a braid; Ve.6. -2 N. of a drama by Bhaṭṭa Nārāyaṅa.
vedaḥ वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.
vediḥ वेदिः [विद्-इन्] A learned man, sage; Paṇḍita. -दिः, -दी f. 1 An altar, especially one prepared for a sacrifice; उर एव वेदिः Ch. Up.5.18.2; अमी वेदिं परितः क्लृप्त- धिष्ण्याः (वह्वयः) Ś.4.8. -2 An altar of a particular shape, the middle points of which come very close to each other; मध्येन सा वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; (some propose to take वेदि in this passage as meaning 'a sealring'). -3 A quadrangular spot in the court-yard of a temple or palace; विमानं नवमुद्वेदि चतुःस्तम्भप्रतिष्ठितम् (कल्पयामासुः) R.17.9. -4 A seal-ring. -5 N. of Sarasvatī. -6 A tract or region. -Comp. -ईशः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Brahman. -जा an epithet of Draupadī who was born from the midst of the sacrificial altar of king Drupada. -मेखला the cord which forms the boundary of the उत्तरवेदि.
vyāsaḥ व्यासः 1 Distribution, separation into parts. -2 Dissolution or analysis of a compound. -3 Severalty, distinction. -4 Diffusion, extension; तस्यैव व्यासमिच्छामि ज्ञातुं ते भगवन् यथा Bhāg.6.4.2. -5 Width, breadth. -6 The diameter of a circle. -7 A fault in pronunciation. -8 Arrangement, compliation. -9 An arranger, a compiler; द्वैपायनो$स्मि व्यासानां कवीनां काव्य आत्मवान् Bhāg. 11.16.28. -1 N. of a celebrated sage. [He was the son of the sage Parāśara by Satyavatī (born before her marriage with Śantanu q. v.); but he retired to the wilderness as soon as he was born, and there led the life of a hermit, practising the most rigid austerities until he was called by his mother Satyavatī to beget sons on the widows of her son Vichitravīrya. He was thus the father of Pāṇḍu and Dhṛitarāṣṭra and also of Vidura; q. q. v. v. He was at first called 'Kṛiṣṇadvaipāyana' from his dark complexion and from his having been brought forth by Satyavatī on a Dvīpa or island; but he afterwards came to be called Vyāsa or 'the arranger,' as he was supposed to have arranged the Vedas in their present form; विव्यास वेदान् यस्मात् स तस्माद् व्यास इति स्मृतः cf. also जातः स यमुनद्वीपे द्वैपायन इति स्मृतः । व्यस्य वेदान् समस्ताश्च व्यासतामगमद्विभुः ॥ Bm.1.214. He is believed to be the author of the great epic, the Mahābhārata, which he is said to have composed with Gaṇapati for his scribe. The eighteen Purāṇas, as also the Brahma-sūtras and several other works are also ascribed to him. He is one of the seven chirajeevins or deathless persons; cf. चिरजीविन्.] -11 A Brāhmaṇa who recites or expounds the Purāṇas in public. -Comp. -पीठम् the seat of the an expounder of the Purāṇas -पूजा N. of the observance of honouring one's preceptor, performed on the 15th of the bright half of Āṣāḍha. -समास (dual) details and the aggregate; आयव्ययौ च व्याससमासाभ्यामाचक्षीत Kau. A.2.9.
śaṃkara शंकर a. (-रा-री f.) [शं सुखं करोति कृ-अच्] Conferring happiness or prosperity, auspicious, propitious; भीताः शितशराभीताः शंकरं तत्र शंकरम् (मेनिरे) Ki.15.31. -रः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of a celebrated teacher and author (शंकराचार्य). -री 1 N. of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 Bengal madder. -3 The Śamī tree. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of a celebrated teacher of Vedānta philosophy and reviver of Brāhmanism. -आवासः 1 the Kailāsa. -2 camphor. -प्रियः the francoline partridge. -शुक्रम् quick-silver.
śantanuḥ शन्तनुः N. of a king of the lunar race. He married Gaṅgā and Satyavatī by the former wife he had a son named Bhīṣma, and by the latter Chītrāṅgada and Vichitravīrya. Bhīṣma remained a celibate all his life, and his younger brothers died childless; cf. भीष्म.
śarvāṇī शर्वाणी N. of Pārvatī or Durgā, wife of Śiva.
śābda शाब्द a. (-ब्दी f.) [शब्द-अण्] 1 Relating to or derived from a word. -2 Relating to or depending on sound (opp. आर्थ). -3 Verbal, oral. -4 Sounding, sonorous. -5 Nominal (as inflection). -ब्दः A philologist, grammarian. -ब्दी N. of Sarasvatī. -Comp. -बोधः perception or apprehension of the sense of words. -व्यञ्जना (in rhet.) insinuation founded on words (opp. to आर्थव्यञ्जना).
śāmbaḥ शाम्बः N. of a son of Kṛiṣṇa and Jāmbavatī.
śāmbhavī शाम्भवी 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 N. of a plant (नीलदूर्वा). -3 The opening in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape. -4 N. of a kind of Mudrā; अन्तर्लक्ष्यं बहिर्दृष्टिर्निमेषोन्मेषवर्जिता । सा एषा शाम्भवी मुद्रा सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोपिता ॥
śārada शारद a. [शरदि भवम् अण्] 1 Belonging to autumn, autumnal; (the f. is शारदी in this sense); विमलशारद- चन्दिरचन्द्रिका Bv.1.113; R.1.9; Ms.6.11; मेघः शारद एव काशधवलः पानीयरिक्तोदरः Subhāṣ. -2 Annual. -3 New, recent; P.VI.2.9. -4 Young, fresh. -5 Modest, shy, bashful. -6 Diffident, not bold. -7 Able, clever; शिखीब शारदः N.9.14. -दः 1 A year. -2 An autumnal sickness. -3 Autumnal sunshine. -4 A kind of kidneybean. -5 The Bakula tree. -दी 1 The full-moon day in the month of Āśvina (or Kārtika). -2 Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -दम् 1 Corn, grain. -2 The white lotus. -दा 1 A kind of Vīṇā or lute. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 Of Sarasvatī; (शरत्काले पूरा यस्मान्नवम्यां बोधिता सुरैः । शारदा सा समाख्याता पीठे लोके च नामतः ॥; लिखति यदि गृहीत्वा (लेखनीं) शारदा सार्वकालम् Śiva mahimna 32. ˚अम्बा (शारदाम्बा) the goddess Sarasvatī.
śiva शिव a. [श्यति पापं शो-वन् पृषो˚] 1 Auspicious, propitious, lucky; इयं शिवाया नियतेरिवायतिः Ki.4.21;1.38; R.11.33. -2 In good health or condition, happy, prosperous, fortunate; तीर्थेन मूर्ध्न्यधिकृतेन शिवः शिवो$भूत् Bhāg. 3.28.22; शिवानि वस्तीर्थजलानि कच्चित् R.5.8. (= अनुपप्लवानि, 'undisturbed'); शिवास्ते पन्थानः सन्तु 'a happy journey to you', 'God bless (or speed) you on your journey'. -वः 1 N. of the third god of the sacred Hindu Trinity, who is entrusted with the work of destruction, as Brahman and Viṣṇu are with the creation and preservation, of the world; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.2.115. -2 The male organ of generation, penis. -3 An auspicious planetary conjunction. -4 The Veda; अट्टशूलाः जनपदाः शिवशूलाश्चतुष्पथाः Mb.3.188.42. -5 Final beatitude. -6 A post to which cattle are tied. -7 A god, deity. -8 Quick-silver. -9 Bdellium. -1 The black variety of thorn-apple. -11 Rum, spirit. -12 Buttermilk. -13 A ruby. -14 Time (काल). -वौ (m. dual) Śiva and Pārvatī; कथयति शिवयोः शरीरयोगं विषमपदा पदवी विवर्तनेषु Ki.5.4. -वम् 1 Prosperity, welfare, well-being, happiness; तं धर्मे$ग्निषु पुत्रेषु शिवं पृष्ट्वा Rām.7.33.13; तव वर्त्मनि वर्ततां शिवम् N.2.62; Ratn.1.2; R.1.6. -2 Bliss, auspiciousness. -3 Final beatitude. -4 Water. -5 Seasalt. -6 Rock-salt. -7 Refined borax. -8 Iron. -9 Myrobalan. -1 Sandal. -Comp. -अक्षम् = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -अपर a. cruel. -अरातिः a heretic (lit. a disbeliever in Śiva). -आत्मकम् rock-salt. -आदेशकः 1 the bearer of auspicious news. -2 a fortune-teller. -आलयः 1 Śiva's abode. -2 the red basil. (-यम्) 1 a temple of Śiva. -2 a cemetery. -इतर a. inauspicious, unlucky; शिवेतरक्षतये K. P.1. -इष्टा Dūrvā grass. -कर (शिवंकर also) a. conferring happiness, auspicious. -कीर्तनः N. of Bhṛiṅgi. -केसरः Mimusops Elengi (बकुल). -गति a. prosperous, happy. -धर्मजः the planet Mars; cf. पुरा दक्षविनाशाय कुपितस्य त्रिशूलिनः । अपतद् भीमवक्त्रस्य स्वेदबिन्दु- र्ललाटजः ॥ शान्तिप्रदानात् सर्वेषां ग्रहाणां प्रथमो भव । अङ्गारक इति ख्यातिं गमिष्यसि धरात्मज ॥ Matsya P. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha; see शिवरात्र. -ज्ञा a female devotee of the Śaiva sect. -ताति a. 1 having an auspicious end, conferring or conducive to happiness, propitious; प्रयत्नः कृत्स्नो$यं फलतु शिवतातिश्च भवतु Māl.6.7; न्यषेवेतां विशेषेण शिवतातिममुं शिवम् Śiva B.23.56. -2 tender, merciful, not demoniacal; मा पूतनात्वमुपगाः शिवतातिरेधि 9.49. (-तिः) auspiciousness, happiness. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दत्तम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दिश् the north-east. -दूती epithet of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Bilva tree. -द्विष्टा the Ketaka tree. -धातुः 1 quicksilver. -2 milk stone. -पदम् final liberation, emancipation. -पुरम्, -पुरी N. of Vārāṇasī. -पुराण N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -प्रियः 1 a crystal. -2 the Baka tree. -3 the thorn-apple. (-यम्) = रुद्राक्ष q. v. (-या) the goddess Durgā. -बी(वी)जम् quick-silver. -भारतम् the historic poem on the life of Shivājī the great (163-168) by his contemporary poet Paramā nanda. -मल्लकः the Arjuna tree. -मार्गः final liberation. -रसः the water of boiled rice (three days old, hence fermented). -राजधानी N. of Benares, -रात्रिः f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha on which a rigorous fast is observed in honour of Śiva; शैवो वा वैष्णवो वापि यो वा स्यादन्यपूजकः । सर्वं पूजाफलं हन्ति शिवरात्रिबहिर्मुखः ॥ Īśvarasaṁhitā. -लिङ्गम् 1 Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -2 a temple dedicated to the worship of the Liṅga. -लोकः the world of Śiva. -वल्लभः the mango tree. (-भा) 1 white rose. -2 Pārvatī. -वल्ली Acacia Concinna (Mar. शिकेकाई). -वाहनः a bull. -व्रतिन् one engaged in a vow of standing on one foot. -शेखरः 1 the moon. -2 the thorn-apple. -सायुज्यम् final emancipation (lit. unification with Śiva). -सुन्दरी an epithet of Durgā.
śivā शिवा 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A jackal (in general); जहासि निद्रामशिवैः शिवारुतैः Ki.1.38; हरेरद्य द्वारे शिव शिव शिवानां कलकलः Bv.1.32; R.7.5;11.61;12.39. -3 A fortunate woman. -4 Final beatitude. -5 The Śamī tree. -6 The yellow myrobalan. -7 Dūrvā grass. -8 A kind of yellow pigment. -9 Turmeric. -Comp. -अरातिः a dog. -प्रियः a goat. -फला the Śamī tree. -रुतम् the howling of a jackal (a bad omen). -विद्या divination by the cries of jackals; Buddh.
śivānī शिवानी Pārvatī, wife of Śiva.
śuklā शुक्ला 1 N. of Sarasvatī. -2 Candied sugar. -3 A woman having a white complexion. -4 The plant Kākolī.
śaila शैल a. (-ली f.) [शिलाः सन्त्यस्य प्रज्ञा˚ अण्] Rocky, craggy, stony; शैलनीव च दृश्यन्ते Mb.5.1.11; शैली दारुमयी लौही... प्रतिमाष्टविधा स्मृता Bhāg.11.27.12. -2 Stone-like, rigid. -लः 1 A mountain, hill; शैले शैले न मणिक्यं मौक्तिकं न गजे गजे Chāṇ.55; शैलौ मलयदुर्दुरौ R.4.51. -2 A dike, dam. -3 A rock, big stone. -लम् 1 Borax, benzoin. -2 Bitumen. -3 A kind of collyrium. -4 A heap of stones; तेनाभि- पतिता दावं शैलेन महता भृशम् Mb.1.227.52. -Comp. -अंशः N. of a country. -अग्रम् the peak of a mountain. -अटः 1 a mountaineer, a barbarian. -2 an attendant on an idol. -3 a lion. -4 a crystal. -अधिपः, -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः, -पतिः, -राजः epithets of the Himālaya. -आख्यम् 1 benzoin. -2 a fragrant resinous substance. -इन्द्रस्थः the birch tree. -कटकः the side or slope of a mountain. -गन्धम् a kind of sandal. -गुरु a. as heavy as a mountain. (-रुः) N. of the Himālaya. -आख्यम् 1 benzoin. -2 bitumen. -जनः a mountaineer; स्थिता कथं शैलजनाशुगे धृतिः Ki.14.1. -जा, -तनया, -पुत्री, -सुता epithets of Pārvatī; अवाप्तः प्रागल्भ्यं परिणतरुचः शैलतनये K. P.1; Ku. 3.68. -धन्वन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धरः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -निर्यासः benzoin. -पतिः the Himālaya. -पत्रः the Bilva tree. -पुष्पम् bitumen. -बीजम् the marking-nut plant. -भित्तिः f. an instrument for cutting stones, a stone-cutter's chisel. -रन्ध्रम् a cave, cavern. -शिबिरम् the ocean. -संभूतम् red chalk. -सार a. as strong as a mountain, firm as a rock; चिरनियमकृशो$पि शैलसारः Ki.1.14. -सेतुः a stone-bridge.
śaileya शैलेय a. (-यी f.) [शिलायां भवः ढक्] 1 Mountainous; शैलेयस्थलीपाषाणनिषण्णः V.4. -2 Produced from rocks. -3 Mountain-like, hard, stony. -यः 1 A lion. -2 A bee. -यम् 1 Benzoin; शैलेयगन्धीनि शिलातलानि R.6.51; शैलेय- नद्धेषु शिलातलेषु Ku.1.55. -2 Fragrant resin. -3 Rocksalt. -यी N. of Pārvatī.
śrī श्री f. [श्रि-क्विप् नि˚ Uṇ.2.57] 1 Wealth, riches, affluence, prosperity, plenty; अनिर्वेदः श्रियो मूलम् Rām.; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4 'fortune favours the brave'; कर्माव्यारभमाणं हि पुरुषं श्रीर्निषेवते Ms.9.3; Ki.7.28. -2 Royalty, majesty, royal wealth; श्रियः कुरूणामधिपस्य पालनीम् Ki.1.1. -3 Dignity, high position, state; श्री- लक्षण Ku.7.45 'the marks or insignia of greatness or dignity'; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.67; विद्युल्लेखाकनकरुचिरं श्रीवितानं ममाभ्रम् V.4.13. -4 Beauty, grace, splendour, lustre; (मुखं) कमलश्रियं दधौ Ku.5.21; 7.32; R.3.8. -5 Colour, aspect; तेषामाविरभूद् ब्रह्मा परि- म्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku.2.2. -6 The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī, the wife of Viṣṇu; आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ś.3.14; Śi.1.1. -7 Any virtue or excellence. -8 Decoration. -9 Intellect, understanding. -1 Superhuman power. -11 The three objects of human existence taken collectively (धर्म, अर्थ and काम). -12 The Sarala tree. -13 The Bilva tree. -14 Cloves. -15 A lotus. -16 The twelfth digit of the moon. -17 N. of Sarasvatī, (the goddess of speech). -18 Speech. -19 Fame, glory. -2 The three Vedas (वेदत्रयी); श्रिया विहीनैरधनैर्नास्तिकैः संप्रवर्तितम् Mb.12.1.2. ('ऋचः सामानि यजूंषि । सा हि श्रीरमृता सताम्' इति श्रुतेः । com.). -m. N. of one of the six Rāgas or musical modes. -a. Splendid, radiant, adorning. (The word श्री is often used as an honorific prefix to the names of deities and eminent persons; श्रीकृष्णः, श्रीरामः, श्रिवाल्मीकिः, श्रीजयदेवः; also celebrated works, generally of a sacred character; श्रीभागवत, श्रीरामायण &c.; it is also used as an auspicious sign at the commencement of letters, manuscripts &c; Māgha has used this word in the last stanza of each canto of his Śiśupālavadha, as Bhāravi has used लक्ष्मी). -Comp. -आह्लम् a lotus. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कण्ठः an epithet of Śiva; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः (भवभूतिः) Mv.1.4/5. -2 of the poet Bhavabhūti; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः U.1. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera. -करः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-रम्) the red lotus. -करणम् a pen. -करणादिः a chief secretary; Inscr. -कान्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कारः the word 'श्री' written at the top of a letter, (as an auspicious beginning). -कारिन् m. a kind of antelope. -कृच्छ्रः a kind of penance. -खण़डः, -ण्डम् sandal wood; श्रीखण्डविलेपनं सुखयति H.1.97. -गदितम् a kind of minor drama. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a sword. -ग्रहः a trough or place for watering birds. -ग्रामरः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -घनम् sour curds. (-नः) a Buddhist saint. -चक्रम् 1 the circle of the earth, the globe. -2 a wheel f Indra's car. -3 A diagram for the worship of त्रिपुरसुन्दरी in Tantra rituals. -4 An astrological division of the body (representing the public region). -जः an epithet of Kāma. -तालः a kind of palm tree. -दः an epithet of Kubera. -दयितः, -धरः epithets of Viṣṇu. -नगरम् N. of two old towns (one in Cawnpur district and the other in Bundelkhand); Raj. T.; H. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Kāma. -2 (in music) a kind of measure. -निकेतनः, -निवासः epithets of Viṣṇu. -पञ्चमी the fifth day of the bright half of Māgha (a festival in honour of the goddess of learning, Sarasvatī). -पतिः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रीपतिः पतिरसाववनेश्च परस्परन् Śi.13.69. -2 a king, sovereign. -पथः a main road, high way. -पर्णम् a lotus. -पर्णी the silk-cotton tree. -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; Māl.1. -पिष्टः turpentine. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Cupid; निर्जेतुं निखलजगत्सु मानुषाणि श्रीपुत्रे चरति पदैव शीतरश्मिः Rām. ch.7. 11. -2 the moon. -3 N. of the horse of Indra. -पुष्पम् 1 cloves. -2 a fragrant wood (पद्मकाष्ठ). -प्रसूनम् cloves. -फलः the Bilva tree. (-लम्) 1 the Bilva fruit; स्तनयुगलं श्रीफलश्रीविडम्बि Vikr.; Ms.5.12. -2 a cocoanut. -फला, -फली 1 the indigo plant. -2 emblic myrobalan. -भ्रातृ m. 1 the moon. -2 a horse. -मकुटम् gold. -मस्तकः garlic. -मुद्रा a particular mark on the forehead by the Vaiṣṇavas. -मूर्तिः f. 1 an idol of Viṣṇu or Lakṣmī. -2 any idol. -युक्त, -युत a. fortunate, happy. -2 wealthy, prosperous (often used as an honorific prefix to the names of men). -3 famous, illustrious. -रङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रसः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -वत्सः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a mark or curl of hair on the breast of Viṣṇu; प्रभानुलिप्त- श्रीवत्सं लक्ष्मीविभ्रमदर्पणम् R.1.1. -3 a hole in a wall made by a house-breaker. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन्, ˚मृत्, ˚लक्ष्मन्, ˚लाञ्छन m. epithets of Viṣṇu; तमभ्यगच्छत् प्रथमो विधाता श्रीवत्सलक्ष्मा पुरुषश्च साक्षात् Ku.7.43. -वत्सकिन् m. a horse having a curl of hair on his breast. -वरः, -वल्लभः epithets of Viṣṇu. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वल्लभः a favourite of fortune, a happy or fortunate person; Pt.1.45. -वासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -3 a lotus. -4 turpentine. -वासस् m. turpentine. -वृक्षः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the Aśvattha or sacred fig-tree; वक्षः श्रीवृक्षकान्तं मधुकरनिकरश्यामलं शार्ङ्गपाणेः Viṣṇu. S.28. -3 a curl of hair on the breast and forehead of a horse. ˚किन् having such mark; श्रीवृक्षकी पुरुषकोन्नमिताग्रकायः Śi.5.56. -वेष्टः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -संझम् cloves. -सहोदरः the moon. -सिद्धिः N. of the 16th Yoga (in astrol.). -सूक्तम् N. of a Vedic hymn (Ṛv.1.165). -हरिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हस्तिनी the sun-flower.
śruta श्रुत p. p. [श्रु-क्त] 1 Heard, listened to. -2 Reported, heard of. -3 Learnt, ascertained, understood. -4 Wellknown, famous, celebrated, renowned; श्रुतानुभावं शरणं व्रज भावेन भाविनि Bhāg.3.32.11; श्रुतस्य किं तत् सदृशं कुलस्य R.14.61;3.4. -5 Named, called. -6 Promised; तदवश्यं त्वया कार्यं यदनेन श्रुतं मम Rām.2.18.21. -7 Vedic, like Vedas (वेदरूप); गिरः श्रुतायाः पुष्पिण्या मधुगन्धेन भूरिणा Bhāg.4.2.25. -तम् 1 The object of hearing. -2 That which was heard by revelation i. e. the Veda, holy learning, sacred knowledge; श्रुतप्रकाशम् R.5.2. -3 Learning in general (विद्या); श्रोत्रं श्रुतेनैव न कुण्डलेन (विभाति) Bh.2.71; R.3.21;5.22; अग्निहोत्रफला वेदाः शीलवत्तफलं श्रुतम् Pt.2.15;4.68. -4 The act of hearing; योगे बुद्धिं, श्रुते सत्त्वं, मनो ब्रह्मणि धारयन् Mb.12.177.31. -Comp. -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas. -अन्वित a. conversant with the Vedas. -अर्थः a fact verbally or orally communicated. ˚आपत्तिः see अर्थापत्तिः. -ऋषिः a class of sages like Śuśruta; L. D. B. -कीर्ति a. famous, renowned. (-m.) 1 a generous man. -2 a divine sage. (f.) N. of the wife of Śatrughna. -देवी N. of Sarasvatī. -धर a. remembering what is heard, retentive. (-रः) the ear; राष्ट्रमुत्तरपाञ्चालं याति श्रुतधरान्वितः Bhāg.4. 25.51. -श्रवस् m. N. of the father of Śiśupāla. ˚अनुजः the planet Saturn.
satī सती 1 A virtuous or good woman (or wife); सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; Ki.11.5; esp. applied to one who burns herself with her husband's corpse. -2 A female ascetic. -3 N. of the goddess Durgā or Pārvatī; पर्यस्तं नन्दया सत्या स्नानपुण्यतरोदया । विलोक्य भूतेशगिरिम् Bhāg.4.6.22; Ku.1.21. -4 A kind of fragrant earth. -5 A wife or female (of an animal).
satyā सत्या 1 Truthfulness, veracity. -2 N. of Sītā. -3 Of Draupadī. -4 Of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; ऋषिमावाहयत् सत्या यथापूर्वमरिन्दम Mb.1.16.14. -5 Of Durgā. -6 Of Satyabhāmā, wife of Kṛiṣna; Bhāg. 3.1.35. -7 Of the mother of Viṣnu; सत्यायामभवत् सत्यः सत्यरूपो जनार्दनः.
sanātana सनातन a. (-नी f.) 1 Perpetual, constant, eternal, permanent; ज्वलन्मणिव्योमसदां सनातनम् Ki.8.1; एष धर्मः सनातनः. -2 Firm, fixed, settled; एष धर्मः सनातनः U.5. 22. -3 Primeval, ancient. -तः 1 The primeval being, Viṣṇu; सनातनः पितरमुपागमत् स्वयम् Bk.1.1. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 Of Brahman. -4 A guest of the Manes. -5 N. of one of the sons of Brahman. -6 An ancient sage; द्विजाति- चरितो धर्मः शास्त्रे दृष्टः सनातनैः Rām.2.61.23. -नी 1 N. of Lakṣmī. -2 Of Durgā or Pārvatī. -3 Of Sarasvatī.
sarva सर्व Pron. a. [सृतमनेन विश्वमिति सर्वम् Uṇ.1.151] (nom. pl. सर्वे m.) 1 All, every; उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me. 2. -2 Whole, entire, complete. -र्वः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -र्वम् Water. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the whole body. -2 all the Vedāṅgas. (-ङ्गः or ˚रूपः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गीण a. pervading or thrilling through the whole body; सर्वाङ्गीणः स्पर्शः सुतस्य किल V.5.11. -अधिकारिन् -m., -अध्यक्षः a general superintendent. -अनुक्रमणिका, -क्रमणी a general index. -अनुदात्त a. entirely accentless. -अन्नीन a. eating every kind of fodd; so सर्वान्न- भोजिन् &c. -अपरत्वम् final emancipation. -अभावः nonexistence or failure of all; इतरेषां तु वर्णानां सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः Ms.9.189. -अभिसन्धिक a. deceiving every one; Ms.4.195. -अभिसन्धिन् m. 1 a traducer, calumniator. -2 a religious hypocrite. -अभिसारः a complete army (of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry). -अर्थचिन्तकः a general overseer, chief officer. -अर्थ- साधिका N. of Durgā. -अर्थसिद्धः the great Buddha or Śākyamuni. -अवसरः midnight. -अशिन् a. eating all sorts of food; Ms.2.118. -अस्तिवादः the doctrine that all things are real. -आकार (in comp.) entirely, thoroughly, completely; सर्वाकारहृदयंगमायास्तस्याः Māl.1.7; 1.14. -आत्मन् m. 1 the whole soul; (सर्वात्मना entirely, completely, thoroughly.). -2 N. of Śiva. -आधारः a receptacle of everything. -आशयः, -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a paramount lord. -उत्तम a. best of all, excellent, supremely good. -ऋतुपरिवर्तः a year; L. D. B. -ओघः = सर्वाभिसार above. -करः, -कर्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -कर्तृ m. 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. -कर्मीण a. performing everything. -कामः, कामदः, कामवरः N. of Śiva. -कामिक a. 1 fulfilling all wishes. -2 obtaining all one's desires. -काम्य a. 1 loved by all. -2 having everything one can desire. -कालीन a. for all time, perpetual. -केशिन् m. an actor. -क्षारः impure carbonate of soda or potash. -क्षित् a. abiding in all things. -ग a. all-pervading, omnipresent. (-गः) 1 Śiva. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 Brahman. -4 the spirit, soul. (-गम्) water. -गा the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -गामिन्, -गति a. all-pervading, omnipresent. -गतिः the refuge of all. -ग्रन्थिः, -ग्रन्थिकम् the root of long pepper. -चारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -जनीन a. 1 world-wide, famous. -2 relating to every one. -3 salutary to every one. -जित् a. 1 excellent, incomparable. -2 all-conquering, invincible. -m. 1 death. -2 the 21st संवत्सर. -जीवः the soul of all. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. all-knowing, omniscient. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Buddha. -3 the Supreme Being. -ज्ञा N. of Durgā. -ज्ञातृ a. omniscient. -तन्त्रः one who has studied all the Tantras. ˚सिद्धान्तः a doctrine admitted by all the schools. -तापनः the god of love. -दः N. of Śiva. -दम, -दमन a. all-subduing, irresistible. (-m.) N. of Bharata, son of Duṣyanta; इहायं सत्त्वानां प्रसभदमनात् सर्व- दमनः Ś.7.33. -दर्शनसंग्रहः a compendium of all the schools or systems of philosophy by Mādhavāchārya. -दर्शिन् a. all-seeing. -m. 1 a Buddha. -2 the Supreme Being. -दुःखक्षयः final emancipation from all existence. -दृश् a. all-seeing. f. (pl.) all organs of senses. -देवमय a. comprising all the gods. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -देवमुखः an epithet of Agni. -द्रष्टृ a. all-seeing. -धनम् (in arith.) the total of a sum in progression. -धन्विन् m. the god of love. -धारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -धुरीणः A beast carrying all burdens; a draught ox. -नामन् n. a class of pronominal words. ˚स्थानम् N. for the nom. (all numbers) and acc. sing. and dual of masculine and feminine nouns and nom. and add. pl. of neuter nouns; cf. सुट् also. -निक्षेपा a particular method of counting. -निराकृति a. causing to forget everything. -पारशव a. made entirely of iron. -पार्षदम् a text book received by all grammatical schools. -पूर्णत्वम् complete preparation. -प्रथमम् ind. first of all. -प्रद a. all-bestowing. -प्रिय a. popular, liked by all. -बलम् a particular high number. -भक्षः fire. -भक्षा a female goat. -भवारणिः the cause of all welfare. -भावः allbeing or nature; (सर्वभावेन 'with all one's heart, sincerely, heart and soul'). -भावकरः, -भावनः N. of Śiva. -भृत् a. all-supporting. -मङ्गला an epithet of Pārvatī. -मांसाद a. eating every kind of flesh; मत्स्यादः सर्वमांसादस्तस्मान्मत्स्यान् विवर्जयेत् Ms.5.15. -मुख a. facing in every direction. -मूल्यम् A cowrie. -मूषकः 'all-stealing', time. -मेधः a universal sacrifice; राजसूयाश्वमेधौ च सर्वमेधं च भारत Mb.14.3.8. -योगिन् m. N. of Śiva. -योनिः the source of all. -रसः 1 the resinous exudation of the Sāla tree, resin. -2 salt, saltness. -3 a kind of musical instrument. -4 a learned man. ˚उत्तमः salt. -लालसः N. of Śiva. -लिङ्गिन् m. 1 an impostor. -2 a heretic. -लोकः the universe. -लोहः an iron arrow. -वर्णिन् a. of various kinds; खादिरान् बिल्वसमितांस्तावतः सर्ववर्णिनः Mb.14.88. 27 (com. वर्णिनः पलाशकाष्ठमयाः). -वल्लभा an unchaste woman. -वासः, -वासिन् m., -विख्यातः, -विग्रहः N. of Śiva. -विक्रयिन् a. selling all kinds of things; Ms.2. 118. -वेदः a man who has studied the four Vedas. -वेदस् m. one who performs a sacrifice by giving away all his wealth; Ms.11.1. (-सम्) all one's property; उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ Kath.1.1; चतुर्थे चायुषः शेषे वानप्रस्थाश्रमं त्यजेत् । सद्यस्कारां निरूप्येष्टिं सर्ववेदसदक्षिणाम् ॥ Mb.12.244.23. -वेशिन् m. an actor. -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -शक् a. omnipotent, allpowerful. -शान्तिकृत् m. N. of Śakuntalā's son, Bharata. -संस्थ a. 1 Omnipresent. -2 all destroying. -सखः a sage; शान्तो यथैक उत सर्वसखैश्चरामि Bhāg.1. 85.45. -संगतः a kind of quick-growing rice. -a. 1 appropriate in every respect. -2 met with universally. -संग्रहः a general or universal collection. -संनहनम्, -संनाहः assembling of a complete army, a complete armament; see -अभिसारः. -समता equality towards everything; स सर्वसमतामेत्य ब्रह्माभ्येति परं पदम् Ms. 12.125. -समाहर a. all-destroying. -संपन्न a. provided with everything. -संपातः all that remains. -सरः a kind of ulcer in the mouth. -सह a. all-forbearing, very patient; स त्वं जगत्त्राणखलप्रहाणये निरूपितः सर्वसहो गदाभृता Bhāg.9.5.9. (-हः) bdellium. (-हा, also सर्वसहा) the earth. -साक्षिन् a. all-witnessing. (-m.) 1 N. of the Supreme Being. -2 N. of wind. -3 of Agni. -साधनः Śiva. -साधारण, -सामान्य a. common to all. -सिद्धिः f. universal success. (-m.) the Bilva tree. -स्वम् 1 everything, the whole of one's possessions; as in सर्वस्वदण्डः, सर्वस्वहरणम् 'confiscation of the whole property'. -2 the very essence, the all-in-all of anything; सर्वस्वं तदहो महाकविगिरां कामस्य चाम्भोरुह Subhāṣ.; see Ś.1.24;6.1; Māl.8.6; Bv.1.63. -स्वारः Vedic sacrifice (एकाह) in which the sacrificer commits suicide (usually a man suffering from some incurable desease with little hope of life); अननन्द निरीक्ष्यायं पुरे तत्रात्मघातिनम् । सर्वस्वारस्य यज्वानमेनं दृष्ट्वाथ विव्यथे । N.17.22. -हर a. 1 appropriating everything. -2 inheriting a person's whole property. -3 all-destroying (as death); मृत्युः सर्वहरश्चाहम् Bg.1.34. -हरणम्, -हारः confiscating of one's entire property; सर्वहारं हरेन्नृपः Ms.8.399. -हितम् black pepper.
सा 1 N. of Lakṣmī. -2 Of Pārvatī.
sāyam सायम् ind. In the evening; प्रयता प्रातरन्वेतु सायं प्रत्युद्- व्रजेदपि R.1.9,48. -Comp. -कालः evening. -धृतिः f. the evening oblation. -प्रातर् ind. in the evening and morning. -भोजनम् an evening meal; Kull. on Ms. 3.15. -मण्डनम् 1 sunset. -2 the sun. -संध्या 1 the evening twilight. -2 the evening prayer. -3 the goddess to be worshipped in the evening. ˚देवता N. of Sarasvatī.
sāra सार a. [सृ-घम्, सार्-अच् वा] 1 Essential. -2 Best, highest, most excellent; एतद्वः सारफल्गुत्वं बीजयोन्योः प्रकीर्तितम् Ms.9.56; द्वयोः सारं तुल्यं द्वितयमभियुक्तेन मनसा Mu.1.13. -3 Real, true, genuine. -4 Strong, vigorous; सारबलम् Kau. A.1; सुयुद्धकामुकं सारमसारं विपरीतकम् Śukra.4.872. -5 Sound, thoroughly proved. -6 Highest or best (at the end of comp.); त्रिवर्गसारः Ku.5.38. -7 Just, right; पृथोस्तत् सूक्तमाकर्ण्य सारं सुष्ठु मितं मधु Bhāg.4.22.17. -8 Speckled, motley. -9 Driving away; यो$यं दिधक्षोर्दावपावकस्य गरिम- सारः सीकरासारः B. R.2.6/61. -रः, -रम् (but usually m. only except in the first 4 senses) 1 Essence, essential part, quintessence; स्नेहस्य तत् फलमसौ प्रणयस्य सारः Māl.1. 9; U.6.22; असारे खलु संसारे सारमेच्चतुष्टयम् । काश्यां वासः सतां संगो गङ्गांम्भः शंभुसेवनम् ॥ Dharm.14. -2 Substance, pith. -3 Marrow; निःशेषं शकलितवल्कलाङ्गसारैः Ki.17.62. -4 Real truth, main point. -5 The sap or essence of trees; as in खदिरसार, सर्जसार. -6 Summary, epitome, compendium. -7 Strength, vigour, power, energy; सारं धरित्रीधरणक्षमं च Ku.1.17; R.2.74. -8 Prowess, heroism, courage; राज्ञा हिमवतः सारो राज्ञः सारो हिमाद्रिणा R.4.79. -9 Firmness, hardness. -1 Wealth, riches; गामात्तसाराम् R.5.26. -11 Nectar. -12 Fresh butter. -13 Air, wind. -14 Cream, coagulum of curds. -15 Disease. -16 Matter, pus. -17 Worth, excellence, highest perception. -18 A man at chess. -19 Impure carbonate of soda. -2 A figure of speech corresponding to English 'climax'; उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षो भवेत् सारः परावधिः K. P.1. -21 The heart. -22 Course, motion. -23 Extension. -24 Any or chief ingredient. -25 (In Rhet.) A kind of climax. -26 Dung. -27 Pus. -रा 1 Dūrvā grass. -2 Kuśa grass. -रम् 1 Water -2 Fitness, propriety. -3 Wood, thicket. -4 Steel. -Comp. -अपराधौ m. du. the ability (of a criminal to suffer) and the nature of crime; the greatness of the crime; सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8. 126; cf. 9.262. -असार a. valuable and worthless, strong and weak. (-रम्) 1 worth and worthlessness; सारासारं च भाण्डानाम् Ms.9.331. -2 substance and emptiness. -3 strength and weakness. ˚विचारः consideration of strong and weak points &c. -गन्धः sandal wood. -गात्र a. strong-limbed. -गुणः a principal virtue. -गुरु a. heavy with weight. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -जम् fresh butter. -तरुः the plantain tree. -दा 1 N. of Sarasvatī. -2 of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Khadira tree. -फल्गु a. superior and inferior; Kau. A.2.7. ˚त्वम् goodness and badness; comparative importance; एतद्वः सारफल्गुत्वं बीज- योन्योः प्रकीर्तितम् Ms.9.56. -भङ्गः loss of vigour. -भाण्डम् 1 a natural vessel. -2 a bale of goods, merchandise. -3 implements. -मार्गणम् searching for pith or marrow. -मितिः the Veda. -योध a. consisting of excellent warriors. -लोहम् steel.
sārasvata सारस्वत a. (-ती f.) [सरस्वती देवतास्य, सरस्वत्या इदं वा अण्] 1 Relating to the goddess Sarasvatī. -2 Belonging to the river Sarasvatī कृत्वा तासामभिगममपां सौम्य सारस्वतीनाम् Me.51. -3 Eloquent. -4 Belonging to the Sāravata country. -तः 1 N. of a country about the river Sarasvatī. -2 N. of a particular class of Brāhmaṇas. -3 A particular ceremonial used in the worship of Sarasvatī. -4 A staff of the Bilva tree. -5 N. of a certain sage; सारस्वतश्चापि जगाद नष्टम् (वेदम्) Bu. Ch.1.48. -ताः (m. pl). The people of the Sārasvata country. -तम् speech, eloquence; शृङ्गारसारस्वतम् Gīt.12.
sāvitrī सावित्री 1 A ray of light. -2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information. -3 The ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38. -4 N. of a wife of Brahman. -5 N. of Pārvatī. -6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa. -7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi). -8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repulsed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who happened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proceeded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and followed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Delighted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or highest pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.] -Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2. -व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widowhood. -सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत).
siṃhaḥ सिंहः [हिंस्-अच् पृषो˚] 1 A lion; (it is said to be derived from हिंस्, cf. भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk.); न हि सुप्तस्य सिंहस्य प्रविशन्ति मुखे मृगाः Subhāṣ. -2 The sign Leo of the Zodiac. e.g. सिंहलग्न. -3 (At the end of comp.) Best, pre-eminent of a class; e.g. रघुसिंहः, पुरुष- सिंहः; उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः Pt.1.361; U.5.22. -4 A particular place prepared for the building of a house. -5 (In music) A kind of tone. -Comp. -अवलोकनम् the (backward) glance of a lion. ˚न्याय the maxim of the lion's (backward) glance, generally used to mark the connection of a thing with what precedes and follows; (for explanation see under न्याय). -आढ्य a. abounding in lions. -आसनम् a throne, a seat of honour. (-नः) a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -आस्यः a particular position of the hands. -कर्णः a corner orifice containing lion-figures; यद्वेदिकातोरणसिंह- कर्णै रत्नैर्दधानं प्रतिवेश्म शोभाम् Bu. Ch.1.5. -कर्णी a particular position of the right hand in shooting an arrow. -केशरः, -केसरः 1 the Bakula tree. -2 a lion's mane. -3 a kind of sweet-meat. -गः an epithet of Śiva. -तलम् the palms of the hands opened and joined together. -तुण्डः a kind of fish; Ms.5.16. -दंष्ट्रः an epithet of Śiva. -दर्प a. as proud as a lion. -द्वार् f., -द्वारम् the main or principal gate (of a palace &c.). -ध्वनिः, -नादः 1 the roar of a lion; असोढसिंहध्वनिरुन्ननाद Ku.1.56; सिंह- नादं विनद्योच्चैः शङ्खं दध्मौ प्रतापवान् Bg.1.12; Mk.5.29. -2 a war-cry. -नर्दिन् a. one who roars like a lion; Bk. 5.34. -नादः 1 a lion's roar. -2 a war-cry. -3 a confident assertion. -4 N. of Śiva. -मलम् a kind of brass. -याना, -रथा N. of the goddess Pārvatī. -लीलः a kind of coitus. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -वाहिनी an epithet of Durgā. -विक्रमः, -विक्रान्तः a horse. -विष्टरः a throne. -संहनन a. 1 as strong as a lion; प्रांशु कनक- वर्णाभः सिंहसंहननो युवा Mb.3.146.28. -2 handsome, (-नम्) the killing of a lion. -स्थः an epithet of the planet Jupiter when in the constellation Leo.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
seraḥ सेरः A kind of measure (Mar शेर); it is thus defined in Līlāvatī :-- पादोनगद्यानकतुल्यटङ्कैर्द्विसप्ततुल्यैः कथितो$त्र सेरः ॥
skandaḥ स्कन्दः [स्कन्द्-अच्] 1 Leaping. -2 Quicksilver. -3 N. of Kārtikeya; सेनानीनामहं स्कन्दः Bg.1.24; R.2. 36;7.1; Me.45. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 The body. -6 A king. -7 The bank of a river. -8 A clever man. -9 A kind of disease common to children. -1 Effusion, spilling. -11 Perishing, destruction. -Comp. -अंशकः quicksilver. -जननी N. of Parvatī. -जित् N. of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः a son of Skanda (euphemistic term for a thief); प्रथममेतत् स्कन्दपुत्राणां सिद्धिलक्षणम् Mk.3.12/13. -पुराणम् one of the 18 Purāṇas. -मातृ f. N. of Durgā. -षष्ठी 1 a festival in honour of Kārtikeya on the sixth day of Chaitra. -2 The 6th day of the light half of the कार्तिक month.
srotasyaḥ स्रोतस्यः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 A thief. स्रोतस्वती srōtasvatī स्रोतस्विनी srōtasvinī स्रोतस्वती स्रोतस्विनी A river.
haṃsaḥ हंसः [हस्-अच्-पृषो˚ वर्णागमः] (said to be derived from हस्; cf. भवेद्वर्णागमाद् हंसः Sk.) 1 A swan, goose, duck; हंसाः संप्रति पाण्डवा इव वनादज्ञातचर्यां गताः Mk. 5.6; न शोभते सभामध्ये हंसमध्ये बको यथा Subhāṣ; R.17. 25. (The description of this bird, as given by Sanskrit writers, is more poetical than real; he is described as forming the vehicle of the god Brahman, and as ready to fly towards the Mānasa lake at the approach of rains; cf. मानस. According to a very general poetical convention he is represented as being gifted with the peculiar power of separating milk from water e. g. सारं ततो ग्राह्यमपास्य फल्गु हंसो यथा क्षीरमिवाम्बुमध्यात् Pt.1; हंसोहि क्षीरमादत्ते तन्मिश्रा वर्जयत्यपः Ś.6.28; नीरक्षीरविवेके हंसालस्यं त्वमेव तनुषे चेत् । विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पालयिष्यति कः Bv.1.13; see Bh.2.18 also). -2 The Supreme Soul, Brahman. -3 The individual soul (जीवात्मन्); प्रीणीहि हंसशरणं विरम- क्रमेण Bhāg.4.29.56. -4 One of the vital airs. -5 The sun; हंसः शुचिषद्वसुरन्तरिक्षसद्धोता वेदिषत् Ka&tod;h.2.5.2; उषसि हंसमुदीक्ष्य हिमानिकाविपुलवागुरया परियन्त्रितम् Rām. ch.4.91. -6 Śiva. -7 Viṣṇu. -8 Kāmadeva. -9 An unambitious monorch. -1 An ascetic of a particular order; Bhāg.3.12.43. -11 A spiritual preceptor; Bhāg.7. 9.18. -12 One free from malice, a pure person. -13 A mountain. -14 Envy, malice. -15 A buffalo. -16 A horse. -17 A particular incantation; L. D. B. -18 The best of its kind (at the end of a compound; cf. कविहंस); L. D. B. -19 A temple of a particular form. -2 Silver. -a. 1 moving, going (गतिमान्); नव- द्वारं पुरं गत्वा हंसो हि नियतो वशी Mb.12.239.31 (see com.). -2 Pure; हंसाय संयतगिरे निगमेश्वराय Bhāg.12.8.47;6.4. 26. -साः (m. pl.) N. of a tribe said to live in the Plakṣa-Dvīpa. -Comp. -अंशुः a. white. -अङ्घ्रिः vermilion. -अधिरूढा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -अभिख्यम् silver. -आरूढः N. of Brahman. -उदकम् a kind of cordial liquor (prepared from infusion of cardamoms). -कान्ता a female goose. -कालीतनयः a buffalo. -कीलकः, -नीलकः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -कूटः 1 N. of one of the peaks of the Himālaya. -2 the hump on the shoulder of an ox (for अंसकूट). -गति a. having a swan's gait, stalking in a stately manner. -गद्गदा a sweetly speaking woman. -गामिनी 1 a woman having graceful gait like that of a swan; अव्यङ्गाङ्गीं सौम्यनाम्नीं हंसवारणगा- मिनीम् (उद्वहेत् स्त्रियम्) Ms.3.1. -2 N. of Brahmāṇi. -गुह्यम् N. of a particular hymn; अस्तौषीद्धंसगुह्येन भगवन्त- मधोक्षजम् Bhāg.6.4.22. -च्छत्रम् dry ginger. -तूलः, -लम् the soft feathers of down of a goose; रत्नखचितहेमपर्यङ्के हंसतूलगर्भशयनमानीय Dk.1.4;2.2. -दाहनम् aloewood. -नादः the cackling of a goose. -नादिनी a woman of a particular class (described as having a slender waist, large hips, the gait of an elephant and the voice of a cuckoo; गजेन्द्रगमना तन्वी कोकिलालापसंयुता । नितम्बे गुर्विणी या स्यात् सा स्मृता हंसनादिनी). -पक्षः a particular position o the hand. -पदः a particular weight (कर्ष). -पादम् 1 vermilion. -2 quick-silver. -बीजम् a goose's egg. -माला a flight of swans; तां हंसमालाः शरदीव गङ्गाम् Ku.1.3. -यानम् a car drawn by swans. -युवन् m. a young goose or swan. -रथः, -वाहनः epithets of Brahman. -राजः a king of geese, a large gander. -लिपिः a particular mode of writing (with Jainas). -लोमशम् green sulphate of iron. -लोहकम् brass. -श्रेणी a line of geese.
hara हर a. (-रा, -री f.) [हृ-अच्] 1 Taking away, removing, depriving one of; as in खेदहर, शोकहर. -2 Bringing, conveying, carrying, taking; अपथहराः Ki.5.5; R.12.51. -3 Seizing, grasping. -4 Attracting, captivating. -5 Claiming, entitled to; as in रिक्थहर &c.; परिहृतमयशः पातितमस्मासु च घातितो$र्धराज्यहरः Mu.2.19. -6 Occupying; समादिदेशैकवधूं भवित्रीं प्रेम्णा शरीरार्धहरां हरस्य Ku.1.5. -7 Dividing. -रः 1 Śiva; श्रुताप्सरोगीतिरपि क्षणे$स्मिन् हरः प्रसं- ख्यानपरो बभूव Ku.3.4,67;1.5; Me.7. -2 N. of Agni or fire. -3 An ass. -4 A divisor. -5 The denominator of a fraction. -6 The act of seizing, taking. -7 A seizer, ravisher. -Comp. -अद्रिः the Kailāsa mountain. -ईश्वरः Śiva and Viṣṇu forming one person. -गौरी one of the forms of Śiva and Pārvatī conjoined (अर्धनारीनटेश्वर). -चूडामणिः 'Śiva's crest-gem', the moon. -तेजस् n. quick-silver. -नेत्रम् 1 Śiva's eye. -2 the number 'three'. -प्रियः Nerium Odorum (करवीर). -बीजम् Śiva's seed', quick-silver. -वल्लभः the white thorn-apple (धत्तूर). -वाहनः a bull. -शेखरा 'Śiva's crest', the Ganges. -सखः N. of Kubera; -सूनुः Skanda; व्याजहार हरसूनुसंनिभः R.11.83.
hima हिम a. [हि-मक्] Cold, frigid, frosty, dewy. -मः 1 The cold season, winter. -2 The moon. -3 The Himālaya mountain. -4 The sandal tree. -5 Camphor. -मम् 1 Frost, hoar-frost; हिमनिर्मुक्तयोर्योगे चित्राचन्द्रमसोरिव R.1.46;9.25;9.28;15.66;16.44; Ki.5.12; अनन्तरत्न- प्रभवस्य यस्य हिमं न सौभाग्यविलोपि जातम् Ku.1.3,11. -2 Cold, coldness. -3 A lotus. -4 Fresh butter. -5 A pearl. -6 Night. -7 Tin. -8 Sandal wood. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon; प्राचीमूले तनुमिव कलामात्रशेषां हिमांशोः Me.91; मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; R.5.16;6.47;14.8; Śi.2.49. -2 camphor. ˚अभिख्यम् silver. -अङ्कः camphor. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the Himālaya mountain; प्रस्थं हिमाद्रे- र्मृगनाभिगन्धि किंचित् क्वणत् किंनरमध्युवास Ku.1.54; R.4.79; 4.3. ˚जा, ˚तनया 1 Pārvatī. -2 the Ganges. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. 1 cold water. -2 dew; निर्धौतहारगुलिकाविशदं हिमाम्भः R.5.7. -अनिलः a cold wind. -अपहः fire. -अब्जम् a lotus. -अभ्रः camphor. -अरातिः 1 fire. -2 the sun. -3 the arka and chitraka plants. -अरिः fire. ˚शत्रुः water; Bu. Ch.11.71. -आगमः the cold or winter-season. -आनद्ध a. frozen. -आर्त a. pinched or shivering with cold, chilled. -आलयः 1 the Himālaya mountain; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा हिमालयो नाम नगाधिराजः Ku.1.1. -2 the white Khadira tree. ˚सुता an epithet of Pārvatī. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः camphor. (-यम्) a lotus. -उत्तरा the tawny grape. -उत्पन्ना a kind of sugar. -उद्भवा the plant called Zedoary. -उस्रः the moon; यदा- प्यानं हिमोस्रेण भनक्त्युपवनं कपिः Bk.9.2. -ऋतुः the winter season. -करः 1 the moon; लुठति न सा हिमकरकिरणेन Gīt.7. -2 camphor. -कूटः 1 the winter season. -2 the Himālaya mountain. -खण्डम् a hail stone. -गिरिः the Himālaya. -गुः the moon. -गृहम् a room furnished with cool appliances. -जः the Maināka mountain. -जा 1 the plant Zedoary. -2 Pārvatī. -ज्योतिस् a. cool-rayed (as the moon). -ज्वरः ague. -झटिः, -झण्टिः mist, fog. -तैलम् a kind of camphor ointment. -दीधितिः the moon; प्रथमं कलाभवदथार्धमथो हिमदीधितिर्महदभूदुदितः Śi.9.29. -दुर्दिनम् wintry weather, cold and bad weather. -द्युतिः the moon. -द्रुमः the Nimba tree. -द्रुह् m. the sun; हरेः प्रगमनं नास्ति, न प्रभानं हिमद्रुहः Bk.9.17. -धातुः the Himālaya mountain. -धामन् m. the moon. -ध्वस्त a. bitten, nipped, or blighted by frost. -पातः 1 cold rain; Pt.3. -2 fall of snow. -प्रस्थः the Himālaya mountain. -भानुः the moon. -भास्, -रश्मि m. the moon; शोभाभि- भूतहिमबालुकबालुकेन छायाजुषा सविधरोपितपादपेन Rām. ch.5.42; N.2.88; कस्तूरिकां च काश्मीरं पाटीरं हिमबालुकाम् Śiva B.3. 13. -शर्करा a kind of sugar produced from Yavanāla. -शीतल a. ice-cold. -शैलः Himālaya mountain. -श्रथः the moon; चन्दनद्रुमसंच्छन्ना निराकृत-हिमश्रथाः Bk.22. 4. -संहतिः f. a mass of ice or snow. -सरस् n. 'a lake of snow', cold water; न संतापच्छेदो हिमसरसि वा चन्द्रमसि वा Māl.1.31. -स्रुत m. the moon. -स्रुतिः the snow-shower. -हासकः the marshy date-tree.
himavat हिमवत् a. Snowy, icy, frosty. -m. The Himālaya mountain; राज्ञा हिमवतः सारो राज्ञः सारो हिमाद्रिणा R.4.79; V.5.22. -Comp. -कुक्षिः a valley of the Himālaya. -पुरम् N. of Oṣadhiprastha, the capital of Himālaya; तत्प्रयातौषधिप्रस्थं सिद्धये हिमवत्पुरम् Ku.6.33. -सुतः the Maināka mountain. -सुता 1 Pārvatī. -2 the Ganges.
herambaḥ हेरम्बः [हे शिवे रम्बति रम्ब्-अच् अलुक् समा˚ Tv.] 1 N. of Gaṇeśa; जेता हेरम्बभृङ्गिप्रमुखगणचमूचक्रिणस्तारकारेः Mv. 2.17; हे हेरम्ब, किमम्ब, रोदिषि कथं, कर्णौ लुठत्यग्निभूः Subhāṣ. -2 A buffalo. -3 A boastful hero. -Comp. -जननी N. of Pārvatī (mother of Gaṇeśa).
haimavatī हैमवती 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 Of the river Ganges; एवमुक्तः प्रत्युवाच राजा हैमवतीं तदा Mb.3.18.16. -3 A kind of myrobalan. -4 A kind of drug. -5 Common flax. -6 A tawny grape. हैयंगवम् haiyaṅgavam हैयंगवीनम् haiyaṅgavīnam हैयंगवम् हैयंगवीनम् [त्वो गोदोहात् भवं ह्यस् गो ख नि˚] 1 Clarified butter prepared from the preceding day's milk, fresh ghee; हैयंगवीनमादाय घोषवृद्धानुपस्थितान् R.1. 45; Bk.5.12. -2 Butter prepared a day before it is used, fresh butter; भित्वा मृषाश्रुर्दृषदश्मना रहो जघास हैयंगव- मन्तरं गतः Bhāg.1.9.6.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"vatī" has 17 results.
     
vatīthe posssssive affix वत् ( मतुप् ) with feminine. ई added; confer, compare विश्वदेव्यसोमौ वत्याम् ( दीर्धमापद्येते ) V.Pr.III.117.
kalyāṇasarasvatīauthor of the Laghusārasvata, a small grammar work. He lived in the 18th century A. D.
nityānandaparvatīyaa scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who wrote glosses on the Mahabhasyapradipa, on the Laghusabdendusekhara and on the Paribhasendusekhara. He was a resident of Benares where he coached many pupils in Sanskrit Grammar. He lived in the first half of the nineteenth century.
pākavatīa word used in the Siksa works for a kind of pause or hiatus.
prāgvatīyaname given to taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in rules from P. V. 1.18 to 115.
rasavatīname of a commentary on his own work ' Sanksiptasara Vyakarana' by KramadiSvara,a sound scholar of grammar in the thirteenth century A.D.
rāmakiṃkasarasvatīa grammarian who wrote a small grammar treatise named अायुबोधव्याकरण which is different from the well-known अाशुबोध of तारानाथतर्कवाचस्पति.
rāmacandrasarasvatīpupil of वासुदेवेन्द्रसरस्वती of the sixteenth century who has written a gloss named विवरण on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata.
vimalasarasvatīa grammarian who wrote a small grammar work named रूपमाला
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
kṛṣṇalīlāśukamuniauthor of a commentary named Puruṣakāra on Bhoja's Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa.
kaiyaṭavivaraṇa(1)a commentary on the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa written by Iśvarānanda, in the 16th century; (2) a commentary on Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.by Rāmacandra-Sarasvatī, who lived in the 16th century.
gaṅgādhara[GANGADHARA SHASTRI TELANG] (l)a stalwart grammarian and Sanskrit scholar of repute who was a pupil of Bālasarasvatī of Vārāṇaśī and prepared in the last century a host of Sanskrit scholars in Banaras among whom a special mention could be made of Dr. Thebaut, Dr. Venis and Dr. Gaṅgānātha Jhā. He was given by Government of India the titles Mahāmahopādhyāya and C. I.E. His surname was Mānavallī but he was often known as गङाधरशास्त्री तेलङ्ग. For details, see Mahābhāṣya, D.E. Society Ed.Poona p.p.33, 34; (2)an old scholar of Vyākarana who is believed to have written a commentary on Vikṛtavallī of Vyādi; (3) a comparatively modern scholar who is said to have written a commentary named Induprakāśa on the Śabdenduśekhara; (4) author of the Vyākaraṇadīpaprabhā, a short commentary on the Vyākaraṇa work of Cidrūpāśramin. See चिद्रूपाश्रमिन्.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
rūpamālā(1)an elementary work on Sanskrit grammar composed by Vimalasarasvatī, in which the Sūtras of Pāņini are arranged in different topics many of which are called माला, such as अजन्तमाला, हलन्तमाला, छान्दसमाला, अव्ययमाला and so on.(2) the name रूपमाला is also found given to a work giving collections of formed words written by Puņyanandana.
rūpasiddhiliterally the formation of words; the name रूपासिद्वि is given to a small literary work on the formation of words written by Dayānandasarasvatī.
     Wordnet Search "vatī" has 291 results.
     

vatī

vīṇā, ghoṣavatī, vipañcī, vipañcikā, vallakī   

svanāmakhyātam tantuvādyam।

māte śārade tvaṃ kutra vīṇāṃ vādayasi।

vatī

aśvayānavān, aśvayānavatī   

yaḥ aśvayānaṃ cālayati।

aśvayānavatā aśvayānaṃ ruddhaṃ tadā vayaṃ sarve tasyopari āruḍhāḥ।

vatī

atasī, umā, caṇakā, kṣaumī, rudrapatnī, suvarcalā, pichilā, devī, nadagandhā, madotkaṭā, kṣumā, haimavatī, sunīlā, nīlapuṣpikā   

sasyaviśeṣaḥ, kṛṣṇapuṣpavān kṣudravṛkṣaḥ yasya tailadāni bījāni santi।

atasyaḥ pakvebhyaḥ bījebhyaḥ tailaṃ nikṛṣyate।

vatī

kāntā, sundarī, rucirā, sudṛśyā, śobhanā, vāmā, rūpavatī, rūpiṇī, surūpī, manoramā, manojñā, lāvaṇyavatī, sādhvī, saumyā, śrīyuktā, sumukhī, abhirāmā, suṣamā, cārvī, peśalā, rucyā, mañjuḥ, mañjulā, vṛndārā   

sā strī yā rūpeṇa cāru asti।

te kānte vārtālāpaṃ kurutaḥ।

vatī

vṛddhā, jīrṇā, sthavirā, gatāyūḥ, vayogatā, jaraṇā, jaraṭhā, jarāturā, jarāpariṇatā, jaraṇḍā, jīrṇavatī, vayaskā, pravayāḥ, vayodhikā, jīnā, jaratī, palitā, paliknī   

yā gatavayaskā asti।

divākaraḥ vṛddhāṃ mārgapāraṃ kṛtvā dadāti।

vatī

saccaritrā, caritravatī, śīlavatī, sadācāriṇī, sādhvī   

yasyāḥ caritraṃ śobhanam।

saccaritrameva saccaritrāyāḥ nāryāḥ ābhūṣaṇam।

vatī

sarasvatī, brahmanadī, plakṣajātā, plakṣādevī, brahmasatī, vedagarbhā, siṃdhumātā, sindhumātā, kuṭilā   

pañjābaprāntasya prācīnā nadī।

sarasvatyāḥ gaṇanaṃ bhāratasya bṛhatyāṃ nadyāṃ bhavati।

vatī

parvatīya   

yaḥ parvate nivasati।

naike janāḥ bhārate parvatīyāḥ iti khyātāḥ।

vatī

rātriḥ, niśā, rajanī, kṣaṇadā, kṣapā, śarvarī, niś, nid, triyāmā, yāninī, yāmavatī, naktam, niśīthinī, tamasvinī, vibhāvarī, tamī, tamā, tamiḥ, jyotaṣmatī, nirātapā, niśīthyā, niśīthaḥ, śamanī, vāsurā, vāśurā, śyāmā, śatākṣī, śatvarī, śaryā, yāmiḥ, yāmī, yāmikā, yāmīrā, yāmyā, doṣā, ghorā, vāsateyī, tuṅgī, kalāpinī, vāyuroṣā, niṣadvarī, śayyā, śārvarī, cakrabhedinī, vasatiḥ, kālī, tārakiṇī, bhūṣā, tārā, niṭ   

dīpāvacchinna-sūryakiraṇānavacchinnakālaḥ।

yadā dikṣu ca aṣṭāsu meror bhūgolakodbhavā। chāyā bhavet tadā rātriḥ syācca tadvirahād dinam।

vatī

pārvatī, ambā, umā, girijā, gaurī, bhagavatī, bhavānī, maṅgalā, mahāgaurī, mahādevī, rudrāṇī, śivā, śailajā, himālayajā, ambikā, acalakanyā, acalajā, śailasutā, himajā, śaileyī, aparṇā, śailakumārī, śailakanyā, jagadjananī, tribhuvanasundarī, sunandā, bhavabhāminī, bhavavāmā, jagadīśvarī, bhavyā, pañcamukhī, parvatajā, vṛṣākapāyī, śambhukāntā, nandā, jayā, nandinī, śaṅkarā, śatākṣī, nityā, mṛḍa़ाnī, hemasutā, adritanayā, haimavatī, āryā, ilā, vāruṇī   

śivasya patnī।

pārvatī gaṇeśasya mātā asti।

vatī

nityaḥ, nityam, nityā, śāśvatam, śāśvatī, śāśvataḥ, sadātanī, sadātanaḥ, sadātanam, sanātanaḥ, sanātanī, sanātanam   

niyamena bhavaḥ,kālatrayavyāpī;

īśvaraḥ śāśvataḥ asti। /mā niṣāda pratiṣṭhāṃ tvamagamaḥ śāśvatīḥ samāḥ yat krauñcamithunād ekamavadhīḥ kāmamohitam।

vatī

baladevaḥ, balabhadraḥ, saṃkarṣaṇaḥ, haladharaḥ, balaḥ, madhupriyaḥ, balarāmaḥ, tālāṅkaḥ, pralambaghnaḥ, acyutāgrajaḥ, revatīramaṇaḥ, rāmaḥ, kāmapālaḥ, halāyudhaḥ, nīlāmbaraḥ, rauhiṇeyaḥ, tālāṅkaḥ, suṣalī, halī, saṅkarṣaṇaḥ, sīrapāṇiḥ, kālindībhedanaḥ, rukmidarpaḥ, halabhṛt, hālabhṛt, saunandī, guptavaraḥ, saṃvartakaḥ, balī, musalī   

kṛṣṇasya jyeṣṭhaḥ bhrātā yaḥ rohiṇyāḥ putraḥ āsīt।

balarāmaḥ śeṣanāgasya avatāraḥ asti iti manyante।

vatī

avatīrṇa   

yaḥ avataritaḥ।

yadā pṛthivyāṃ pāpaṃ vardhate tadā īśvaraḥ manuṣyasya rūpe avatīrṇaḥ bhavati।

vatī

yuvatī   

sā bālikā yā yuvāvasthāyāṃ praviśati।

asmin saṃvatsare bhāratasya ekayā sundaryā yuvatyā viśvasundarīpadaṃ prāptam।

vatī

sarasvatī, prajñā, bhāratī, vāgīśvarī, vāgdevī, vīṇāvādinī, śāradā, haṃsavāhinī, girā, ilā, brāhmī, irā, jñānadā, gīrdevī, īśvarī, vācā, vacasāmīśā, varṇamātṛkā, gauḥ, śrīḥ, vākyeśvarī, antyasandhyeśvarī, sāyaṃsandhyādevatā, gaurī   

vidyāyāḥ vāṇyaḥ ca adhiṣṭhātrī devatā।

sarasvatyāḥ vāhanaṃ haṃsaḥ asti।

vatī

pākaśālā, rasavatī, pākasthānam, mahānasam   

randhanagṛham।

sītā pākaśālāyām bhojanasāmagrīṃ svasthāne sthāpayati।

vatī

śivā, haritakī, abhayā, avyathā, pathyā, vayaḥsthā, pūtanā, amṛtā, haimavatī, cetakī, śreyasī, sudhā, kāyasthā, kanyā, rasāyanaphalā, vijayā, jayā, cetanakī, rohiṇī, prapathyā, jīvapriyā, jīvanikā, bhiṣgavarā, bhiṣakpriyā, jīvanti, prāṇadā, jīvyā, devī, divyā   

haritakīvṛkṣasya phalaṃ yad haritapītavarṇīyam asti।

śuṣkakāse śivā atīva upayuktā asti।

vatī

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

vatī

nadī, sarit, taraṅgiṇī, śaivalinī, taṭinī, dhunī, srotasvatī, dvīpavatī, sravantī, nimnagā, āpagā, srotasvinī, srotovahā, sāgaragāminī, apagā, nirjhariṇī, sarasvatī, samudragā, kūlaṅkaṣā, kūlavatī, śaivālinī, samudrakāntā, sāgaragā, rodhovatī, vāhinī   

jalasya saḥ pravāhaḥ yaḥ parvatāt ārabhya viśiṣṭamārgeṇa sāgaraṃ prati gacchati।

parvatapradeśe pāṣāṇasikatādiṣu nadī mārgam ākramati ।/ pāṇineḥ na nadī gaṅgā yamunā na nadī sthalī।

vatī

gauḥ, māheṣī, saurabheyī, usrā, mātā, śṛṅgiṇī, arjunī, aghnyā, rohiṇī, māhendrī, ijyā, dhenuḥ, aghnā, dogdhrī, bhadrā, bhūgimahī, anaḍuhī, kalyāṇī, pānavī, gaurī, surabhiḥ, mabā, nilināciḥ, surabhī, anaḍvāhī, adhamā, bahulā, mahī, sarasvatī, usriyā, ahī, aditiḥ, ilā, jagatī, śarkarī   

grāmyapaśuviśeṣaḥ,yaḥ sāsnālāṅgulakakudakhuraviṣāṇī tathā ca tasyāḥ dugdhaṃ manuṣyāya puṣṭīkārakam iti manyante।

hindudharmīyāṇāṃ kṛte gauḥ avadhyā asti।

vatī

veśyā, gaṇikā, paṇyastrī, vārastrī, sādhāraṇastrī, vārāṅganā, bhogyā, paṇyāṅganā, bandhurā, vāravadhū, vārayuvatī, vāranārī, vāramukhī, vāravāṇī, vāravilāsinī, vārasundarī, vārakanyā, paṇasundarī, paṇastrī, veśayuvatī, veśavadhū, veśavanitā, veśastrī, veśmastrī, rūpajīvinīvāravadhū   

yā paṇyayogena sambhogaṃ kārayati।

kāścana mugdhāḥ bālikāḥ balāt veśyāḥ bhavanti।

vatī

garbhavatī, garbhiṇī, antarvatnī, gurviṇī, dohadavatī, sasatvā, āpannasatvā, udariṇī, gurvī   

yasyāḥ udare garbhaḥ asti।

garbhavatyāḥ suśruṣā samyak kartavyā।

vatī

bhāṣā, bhāṣaṇam, vāk, vāṇī, vācā, goḥ, girā, uktiḥ, vākśaktiḥ, vadantiḥ, nigadaḥ, nigādaḥ, vyāhāraḥ, vyāhṛtiḥ, vacanam, vādaḥ, tāpaḥ, abhilāpaḥ, lapitam, lapanam, bhaṇitiḥ, bhāratī, sarasvatī, rādhanā, kāsūḥ   

mukhanirgataḥ sārthakaḥ dhvanisamūhaḥ।

bhāṣā samparkasya mādhyamam ।

vatī

dyūtam, dyūtakrīḍā, devanam, akṣavatī, kaitavam, paṇaḥ   

krīḍāviśeṣaḥ- kamapi dravyaṃ paṇaṃ kṛtvā tasya svāmibhāvārthaṃ kriyamāṇā akṣadevanayuktā aprāṇikaraṇakā krīḍā।

dyūte pāṇḍavāḥ draupadīm ahāsīt।

dyūtam etat purākalpe sṛṣṭaṃ vairakaram mahat। tasmāt dyūtama na seveta hāsyārtham api buddhimān॥ [manu. 9।227]

vatī

cambalanadī, carmāvatī   

madhyabhārate vartamānā nadī।

grīṣmakāle cambalanadyaḥ jalastaraṃ nyūnībhavati।

vatī

jyotiṣmatī, pārāvatāṅghrī, kaṭabhī, piṇyā, pārāvatapadī, nagaṇā, sphuṭabandhanī, pūtitailā, iṅgudī, svarṇalatā, analaprabhā, jyotirlatā, supiṅgalā, dīptā, medhyā, matidā, durjarā, sarasvatī, amṛtā   

latāviśeṣaḥ-yasyāḥ bījāt tailaṃ prāpyate tathā ca yā vātakaphahāriṇī asti।

jyotiṣmateḥ bījasya tailaṃ bahu upayuktam asti।

vatī

brāhmī, somalatā, sarasvatī, saumyā, suraśreṣṭhā, śāradā, suvarcalā, kapotavagā, vaidhātrī, divyatejāḥ, mahauṣadhī, svayaṃbhuvī, saumyalatā, sureṣṭā, brahmakanyakā, maṇaḍūkamātā, maṇḍukī, surasā, medhyā, vīrā, bhāratī, varā, parameṣṭhinī, divyā, śāradā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bheṣajarupeṇa upayujyate yasya guṇāḥ vātāmlapittanāśitvaṃ tathā ca buddhiprajñāmedhākārītvam।

brāhmī prāyaḥ gaṅgātaṭe haridvāranagarasya samīpe dṛśyate।

vatī

vidyut, taḍit, vajrasphuliṅgaḥ, śampā, śatahradā, hrādinī, airāvatī, kṣaṇaprabhā, taḍit, saudāminī, cañcalā, capalā, vījā, saudāmnī, cilamīlikā, sarjjūḥ, aciraprabhā, saudāmanī, asthirā, meghaprabhā, aśaniḥ, vajrā   

pṛthivyāḥ vāyumaṇḍalasthāyāḥ vaidyutāyāḥ ūrjāyāḥ utsargaḥ yad meghānāṃ gharṣaṇāt prādurbhavati tathā ca ākāśe prakāśaṃ tathā ca ghoṣadhvaniṃ janayati।

ākāśe vidyut dedīpyate।

vatī

bhrātṛjāyā, bhrātṛbhāryā, prajāvatī   

bhrātuḥ jāyā।

avyāpannāmavihatagatirdrakṣyasi bhrātṛjāyām। [megha. 1.10]

vatī

arjunī, arvatī, ijyā, bhojyā, masūrikā, dūtī, māsopavāsinī, ratatālī, vibhāvarī, vṛddhayuvatiḥ, mādhavī, śamphalī, śambalī, śambhalī, saṅghāṭikā, sañcārikā, sanālī, sambhalī, akkā, karālā   

kalahaṃ kārayitrī।

arjunyāḥ vacanāni viśvasya sītā ca gītā ca kalahaṃ kṛtavatyau।

vatī

yuvatī, yuvatiḥ, taruṇī, yūnī, talunī, dikkarī, dhanikā, dhanīkā, madhyamā, dṛṣṭarajāḥ, madhyamikā, īśvarī, varyā   

prāptayauvanā strī। (prāg yauvanā yuvatiḥ iti vātsyāyanaḥ।);

yo yaṃ vicintayati yāni sa tanmayatvam। yassmād ataḥ subhagayā iva gatā yuvatyaḥ॥

vatī

kuṭṭanī, raṅgamātā, lākṣā, raṅgamātṛkā, arjunī, arvatī, dūtī, bhojyā, ratatālī   

yā strīṇāṃ parapuruṣaiḥ saha melanaṃ kārayati tāḥ vimārgaṃ nayati ca।

kuṭṭanyāḥ kāryaṃ kriyamāṇā mohanī baddhā jātā।

vatī

saubhāgyavatī   

yasyāḥ patiḥ jīvitaḥ asti।

karavā cautha iti saubhāgyavatīnāṃ vratam asti।

vatī

elā, elīkā, bahulagandhā, aindrī, drāviḍī, kapotaparṇī, bālā, balavatī, himā, candrikā, sāgaragāminī, gandhālīgarbhaḥ, kāyasthā, upakuñcikā, tutthā, koraṅgī, tripuṭā, truṭiḥ   

phalaviśeṣaḥ-tat phalaṃ yasya sugandhitāni bījāni upaskararupeṇa upayujyante।

mohanaḥ svādāya kaṣāye elāṃ yojayati।

vatī

atasī, umā, caṇakā, kṣaumī, rudrapatnī, suvarcalā, pichilā, devī, nadagandhā, madotkaṭā, kṣumā, haimavatī, sunīlā, nīlapuṣpikā, varadā, ekamūlā, caṇḍikā, niḥsnehā   

dhānya-viśeṣaḥ, kṛṣṇa-puṣpa-kṣudra-vṛkṣasya tailadāḥ bījāḥ (āyurvede asya uṣṇatva-tiktatva-amlatvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ vātahāritvaṃ śleṣma-pittakāritvaṃ ca);

atasī madhurā tiktā snigdhā pāke kaṭurguru [śa ka]

vatī

rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, ṛtumati, rajavatī, puṣpavatī   

yasyā rajaḥ pravahati।

rajasvalā strī garbhaṃ dhāraṇaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

vatī

dhaniṣṭhā, śraviṣṭhā, vasudaivatā, bhūtiḥ, nidhānam, dhanavatī   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatatrayoviṃśannakṣatram।

pañcatārakāyuktaṃ nakṣatraṃ bhavati dhaniṣṭhā yat navasu ūrdhvanakṣatreṣu vartate।

vatī

revatī, antyabham, pauṣṇam   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatāntimanakṣatram।

revatī candrapathe antimaṃ nakṣatram asti।

vatī

revatī   

saḥ kālaḥ yasmin candraḥ revatīnakṣatre vartate।

purohitena etat kāryaṃ revatyāṃ karaṇīyam iti kathitam।

vatī

mahimāvān, mahimāvatī, mahimāvat   

mahimā asya asti iti;

śivaḥ mahimāvān asti

vatī

revatī, mahāraudrī, ādyā, kālī, bheruṇḍā, kālikā   

navadurgāsu ekā yā kṛṣṇavarṇīyā asti।

navarātri-utsave saptame dine revatyāḥ pūjanaṃ kriyate।

vatī

parvatīya   

parvatasambandhī।

saḥ parvatīye kṣetre vasati।

vatī

vetravatī, kṣamā   

bundelakhaṇḍe vartamānā ekā nadī।

vetravatī yamunāyāṃ vilīyate।

vatī

bhavatī   

viṣāktaḥ bāṇabhedaḥ।

vyādhaḥ bhavatīm upayujya vyāghraṃ prahṛtavān।

vatī

dāruharidrā, pītadruḥ, kālīyakaḥ, haridravaḥ, dārvī, pacampacā, parjanī, pītikā, pītadāru, sthirarāgā, kāminī, kaṭaṅkaṭerī, parjanyā, pītā, dāruniśā, kālīyakam, kāmavatī, dārūpītā, karkaṭinī, dāru, niśā, haridrā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

dāruharidrāyāḥ kāṇḍaḥ mūlaṃ ca auṣadharūpeṇa upayujyate।

vatī

mālāvatī   

ekā saṃkararāgiṇī।

saṃgītajñaḥ mālāvatīṃ śrāvayati।

vatī

sarasvatī   

ekā rāgiṇī।

śrotāraḥ saṅgītajñāya sarasvastyaḥ svarāḥ spaṣṭīkartuṃ kathayanti।

vatī

anannāsam, pāravatī   

phalaviśeṣaḥ-tat phalaṃ yad madhuram āmlaṃ ca asti।

anannāse sī iti jīvanasatvam adhikam asti।

vatī

jayāvatī   

ekā saṅkarā rāgiṇī।

jayāvatī dhavalaśrīḥ bilāvalaḥ tathā ca sarasvatī ityeteṣāṃ yogena bhavati।

vatī

candāvatī   

ekā rāgiṇī।

śrotṛvargasya abhyarthanayā saṅgītajñaḥ candāvatīṃ śrāvayati।

vatī

rasavatī   

ekā rāgiṇī।

rasavatī sampūrṇajāteḥ ekā rāgiṇī asti।

vatī

bhaumavatī   

ekā rākṣasī।

bhaumavatī bhaumāsurasya patnī āsīt।

vatī

jāmbavatī   

jāmbavataḥ kanyā।

jāmbavatyāḥ vivāhaḥ kṛṣṇena saha abhavat।

vatī

rāvī, irāvatī   

bhāratadeśe vartamānā ekā nadī।

rāvī pañjābaprānte pravahati।

vatī

dīpāvatī   

ekā saṅkarā rāgiṇī।

dīpāvatī dīpakasya tathā ca sarasvatyāḥ yogena bhavati।

vatī

satyavatī, matsyagandhā, matsyodarī, yojanagandhā, dāśeyī, mīnagandhā   

ekā dhīvarakanyā yasyāḥ vivāhaḥ rājñā śantanunā saha jātaḥ।

satyavatyāḥ apekṣāpūrtyarthe bhīṣmaḥ vacanabaddhaḥ āsīt।

vatī

satyavatī   

ṛcīkasya patnī।

satyavatī viduṣī āsīt।

vatī

khambhāvatī   

ekā rāgiṇī।

khambhāvati ardharātrau gīyate।

vatī

dharmavatī   

purāṇeṣu varṇitā ekā nadī।

dharmavatī svarge vartate।

vatī

bhāgavatī   

kaṇṭhīprakāraḥ।

vaiṣṇavaḥ kaṇṭhe bhāgavatīṃ dhārayati।

vatī

dhātupuṣpikā, subhikṣā, agnijvālā, vahnipuṣpī, tāmrapuṣpī, dhāvanī, pārvatī, dhātakī, bahupuṣpikā, kusudā, sīdhupuṣpī, kuñjarā, madyavāsinī, gucchapuṣpī, sandhapuṣpī, rodhrapuṣpiṇī, tīvrajvālā, vahniśikhā, madyapuṣpā, dhātṛpuṣpī, dhātupuṣpī, dhātṛpuṣpikā, dhātrī, dhātupuṣpikā   

auṣadhopayogī vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

dhātupuṣpikā unnatā sundarā ca bhavati।

vatī

pratibhāvān, pratibhāvatī, pratibhāśālī, dhīmān, dhīmatī, prajñaḥ, prajñā, sudhīḥ, guṇī, guṇinī, guṇavān, guṇavatī, dakṣaḥ, dakṣā   

pratibhāyuktaḥ।

asmākaṃ prayogaśālāyāṃ pratibhāśālinām abhāvaḥ nāsti।

vatī

elā, bahvalagandhā, aindrī, drāviḍī, kapotaparṇī, bālā, balavatī, himā, candrikā, sāgaragāminī, gandhālīgarbhaḥ, elikā, kāyasthā   

ekaḥ sāṃvatsaraḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalebhyaḥ prāptāni sugandhitāni bījāni vyañjane prayujyante।

asyāṃ vāṭikāyāṃ elāyāḥ vṛkṣāṇi santi।

vatī

amarāvatī, pūṣabhāsā, devapūḥ, mahendranagarī, amarā, surapurī, indralokaḥ, surendralokaḥ, sureśalokaḥ, sudarśanā   

indrasya nagarī।

amarāvatyāḥ adhipatiḥ bhavati indraḥ।

vatī

bāṇāvatī   

bāṇasurasya patnī।

bāṇāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu labhyate।

vatī

devavatī   

grāmaṇī iti nāmnaḥ gandharvasya mātā।

devavatī sukeśaḥ iti nāmnaḥ rākṣasasya patnī āsīt ।

vatī

parvatīya   

parvateṣu jāyamānaḥ।

saḥ parvatīyaiḥ vṛkṣaiḥ sambaddhaṃ jñānam arjayati।

vatī

mitravatī   

kṛṣṇasya putrī।

mitravatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

vatī

śālāvatī   

viśvāmitrasya kanyā।

śālāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

vatī

rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, puṣpitā, ṛtumatī, kusumavatī, udakyā, madhyamikā, puṣpavatī, puṣpahāsā, avi, dṛṣṭapuṣpā, brahmaghātinī, mlānāṅgī   

sā strī yasyāḥ rajaṃ pravahati।

garbhasya dhāraṇāya akṣamā rajasvalā janaiḥ pīḍitā।

vatī

revatī   

balarāmasya patnī।

revatyāḥ varṇanaṃ bhāgavate vartate।

vatī

bhadravatī   

kṛṣṇasya ekā kanyā।

bhadravatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

vatī

mādravatī   

rājā parīkṣitasya patnī।

mādravatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

vatī

abhimānī, garvitaḥ, avaliptaḥ, sagarvaḥ, sadarpaḥ, utsiktaḥ, sāṭopaḥ, sāhaṃkāraḥ, ahaṃmānī, mattaḥ, samunnaddhaḥ, dhṛṣṭaḥ, pratibhāvān, garvitacittaḥ, madoddhataḥ, darpādhmātaḥ, smayākulaḥ, ahaṃkṛtaḥ, abhimāninī, garvitā, avaliptā, sagarvā, sadarpā, utsiktā, sāṭopā, sāhaṃkārī, ahaṃmāninī, mattā, samunnaddhā, dhṛṣṭā, pratibhāvatī, garvitacittā, madoddhatā, darpādhmātā, smayākulā, ahaṃkṛtā   

yasya abhimānaḥ vartate।

ahaṃ tasya abhimāninaḥ chāyāyāḥ api dūraṃ sthātum icchāmi।

vatī

kopalatā, ardhacandrikā, analaprabhā, kaṭabhī, kanakaprabhā, kukundanī, kaiḍaryaḥ, gīrlatā, jyotiṣkā, jyotirlatā, tīktakā, tīkṣṇā, dīptaḥ, niphalā, paṇyā, parāpatapadī, pītatailā, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, matidā, lagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇaḥ, vāyasādanī, śṛṅgin, śleṣmaghnī, sarasvatī, supiṅgalā, suvegā, suvarṇalatā, svarṇalatā, sumedhas, sphuṭavalkalī, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī   

ekā latā।

kopalatā oṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

vatī

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad, sarasvatī-rahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

vatī

dvārakā, abdhinagarī, dvāravatī, dvārakānagarī, dvārakāpurī   

kāṭhiyāvāḍaprāntasya prācīnā pavitrā purī।

dvārakā hindudharmīyāṇāṃ caturṣu tīrtheṣu ekam।

vatī

prayojanavatī-lakṣaṇā   

lakṣaṇāviśeṣaḥ yasyām vācyārthāt bhinnaḥ arthaḥ prakaṭībhavati।

tvaṃ gardabhaḥ iti vākye prayojanavatī-lakṣaṇā prayuktā।

vatī

dohadavatī, śraddhāluḥ, dohadānvitā, daurhṛdinī   

annapānādidravyaviśeṣābhilāṣavatī garbhavatī।

dohadavatyai viśeṣā śraddhā deyā।

vatī

sātvatī   

śiśupālasya mātā।

sātvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

vatī

amarāvatīnagaram   

mahārāṣṭrarājyasya nagaraviśeṣaḥ।

amarāvatīnagaram akolānagarasya samīpe asti।

vatī

jaṭāmāṃsī, tapasvinī, jaṭā, māṃsī, jaṭilā, lomaśā, misī, naladam, vahninī, peṣī, kṛṣṇajaṭā, jaṭī, kirātinī, jaṭilā, bhṛtajaṭā, peśī, kravyādi, piśitā, piśī, peśinī, jaṭā, hiṃsā, māṃsinī, jaṭālā, naladā, meṣī, tāmasī, cakravartinī, mātā, amṛtajaṭā, jananī, jaṭāvatī, mṛgabhakṣyā, miṃsī, misiḥ, miṣikā, miṣiḥ   

auṣadhīyavanaspateḥ sugandhitaṃ mūlam।

jaṭāmāṃsyāḥ upayogaḥ vibhinneṣu auṣadheṣu bhavati।

vatī

vedavatī   

purāṇeṣu varṇitā ekā kanyā yā tapasā viṣṇuṃ svapatirūpeṇa icchati sma paraṃ rāvaṇena kṛtena abhadreṇa ācaraṇena sā dārucityāṃ prāveśat।

kayācit kathayā anusāreṇa sītā vedavatyāḥ avatāraḥ।

vatī

pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā   

martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā।

pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam

vatī

pārvatīnadī   

mālavākṣetre vahantī nadī।

pārvatīnadī cambalanadyāḥ sahāyyikā nadī asti।

vatī

śailāṭaḥ, parvatārohī, pulindaḥ, pārvatīyaḥ   

parvatam āruhyamāṇaḥ।

nepālasthaṃ sagaramāthākhyaṃ parvataśikharaṃ praprathamam āruhyamāṇau śailāṭau eḍamaṇḍa-hilarīmahodayaḥ tathā ca tenasiṃhaḥ staḥ।

vatī

parvatākāra, mālyavat, mahīdharavat, śailavat, adrivat, girivat, acalākāra, nagavat, nagākāra, bhīdharavat, bhūdharākāra, pārvata, pārvatīya, samahīdhara   

tat yat parvatam iva mahat parvatākārakaṃ vā asti।

hanumataḥ śarīraṃ parvatākāraṃ babhūva।/ sāgarataṭe parvatākārāḥ ullolāḥ dṛśyante।

vatī

medā, medodbhavā, jīvanī, śreṣṭhā, maṇicchidrā, vibhāvarī, vasā, svalpaparṇikā, medaḥsārā, snehavatī, medinī, madhurā, snigdhā, medhā, dravā, sādhvī, śalyadā, bahurandhrikā, puruṣadantikā, jīvanī   

auṣadhiviśeṣaḥ।

medā jvarasya nivāraṇārtham upayuktā bhavati।

vatī

amarāvatī   

brahmadeśasya rājadhānī।

saḥ amarāvatyāṃ nivasati।

vatī

dṛṣadvatī   

paurāṇikī mahilā।

dṛṣadvatī viśvāmitrasya patnī āsīt।

vatī

dṛṣadvatī   

prācīnā nadī yā idānīṃ tu luptā jātā।

dṛṣadvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ ṛgvede asti।

vatī

dharmavatī   

marīcimuneḥ patnī।

dharmavatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

vatī

prabhāvatī   

ekā āsurī।

prabhāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

vatī

māyāvatī   

ekā āsurī।

māyāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

vatī

niṣadhāvatī, niṣadhāvatīnadī   

paurāṇikīnadīviśeṣaḥ yasyāḥ prabhavaḥ vindhyaparvatāt asti iti manyate।

niṣadhāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti।

vatī

tārāvatī   

ikṣvākuvaṃśīyasya rājñaḥ candraśekharasya patnī।

tārāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

vatī

garbhavatī, antaḥsattvā, āpannasattvā, āptagarbhā, udariṇī, gurviṇī, daurhṛdinī, sagarbhā, sasattvā, dohadavatī, gurvī   

garbhayuktā strī।

garbhavatīnāṃ viśeṣaṃ rakṣaṇaṃ karaṇīyam।

vatī

vīṇāvatī   

apsaraso viśeṣaḥ।

vīṇāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

vatī

somavatī   

candradevasya mātā।

somavatyāḥ varṇanaṃ dhārmikeṣu grantheṣu prāpyate।

vatī

sarasvatī   

daśavidheṣu saṃnyāsiṣu ekaḥ।

sarasvatyaḥ śṛṅgeryāṃ nivasanti।

vatī

anavaguṇṭhitā, anavaguṇṭhanavatī, anavaguṇṭhitamukhā, anupāvṛtā, apariguṇṭhitā, aparivāritā   

yasyāḥ mukham avaguṇṭhitaṃ nāsti।

mullāmahodayaḥ anavaguṇṭhitābhiḥ lalanābhiḥ saha bahu hāsyavinodam akurvata।

vatī

līlāvatī   

ekā rāgiṇī।

līlāvatī sampūrṇāyāḥ jāteḥ rāgiṇī asti।

vatī

līlāvatī   

mātrikaḥ chandoviśeṣaḥ।

līlāvatyāṃ daśame aṣṭame caturdaśe ca sthāne virāmeṇa saha āhatya dvātriṃśat mātrāḥ santi।

vatī

avatīrṇa   

upariṣṭāt adhodiśam āgataḥ।

idānīm eva avatīrṇāt vimānayānāt yātriṇaḥ bahiḥ āgacchanti।

vatī

kāminī, kāmavatī   

maithunābhilāṣiṇī strī।

tasyāḥ sātvikena vārtālāpena kāminī śāntā jātā।

vatī

manovatī   

gandharvasya citrāṅgadasya putrī।

manovatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

vatī

mālyavatī   

ekā nadī yasyāḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe vartate।

mālyavatī citrakūṭasya samīpaṃ vahati।

vatī

indrāvatīnadī   

bhāratīyā nadī yā utkalaprāntāt prabhūya chattīsagaḍarājye vahati।

indrāvatīnadyāḥ dairghyam anumānataḥ 240 krośakam iti asti।

vatī

citrāvatīnadī   

bhāratīyā nadī।

citrāvatīnadī pennāranadyāḥ sahāyikā nadī asti।

vatī

bhadramadā, irāvatī   

kaśyapaṛṣeḥ ekā patnī।

bhadramadā airāvatasya mātā āsīt।

vatī

irāvatīnadī   

brahmadeśe vartamānā nadī।

brahmadeśasya anyāsu nadīṣu irāvatīnadī dīrghā vartate।

vatī

parvatīyasthānam   

samīpasthāt samatalabhāgāt unnataṃ parvate vartamānaṃ nagaraṃ grāmaṃ vā।

parvatīyasthāne grīṣme kāle adhikāḥ janāḥ bhavanti।

vatī

irāvatī   

ekā nāgakanyā ।

irāvatī suśravasaḥ kanyā asti

vatī

irāvatī   

ekaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ ।

irāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośakāreṇa kṛtam

vatī

kaṭabhī, analaprabhā, kukundanī, pārāpatapadī, pītatailā, kanakaprabhā, gīrlatā, jyotirlatā, jyotiṣkā, tejasvinī, tejohvā, tiktakā, niphalā, paṇyā, pārāvatapadī, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, lagaṇā, nagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇakiṃśukā, śleṣmaghnī, sārasvatī, supiṅgalā, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī, sphuṭavalkalī, sumedhā, suvarṇalatā, suvegā, svarṇalatā, dīptaḥ, lavaṇaḥ, śṛṅgī, nagnaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ ।

kaṭabhyāḥ varṇanaṃ suśrutena kṛtam

vatī

vidyendrasarasvatī   

lekhakaviśeṣaḥ ।

vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ vidyendrasarasvatyāḥ varṇanam asti

vatī

vinayavatī   

prācīne granthe varṇitā kācit mahilā ।

vinayavatyāḥ varṇanaṃ kathāsaritsāgare daśakumāracarite pañcatantre ca prāpyate

vatī

vibhramavatī   

ekā sevikā ।

vibhramavatyāḥ varṇanaṃ prabodhacandrodayaḥ iti granthe asti

vatī

kāmavatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

kāmavatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇe vartate

vatī

gandhavatī   

ekā nadī ।

gandhavatyāḥ varṇanaṃ meghadūte vartate

vatī

gandhavatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

skandapurāṇānusāreṇa gandhavatyāḥ adhipatiḥ vāyuḥ asti

vatī

gandhavatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

gandhavatyāḥ adhipatiḥ varuṇaḥ asti

vatī

vilāsavatī   

striyaḥ nāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

kādambarī iti granthe bahūnāṃ strīṇām nāma vartate

vatī

vivasvatī   

sūryanagarī ।

vivasvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ medinyāṃ prāpyate

vatī

dharmavatī   

ekā mudrā ।

dharmavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye vartate

vatī

dharmavatī   

ekā strī ।

dharmavatyā ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

vatī

nīlasarasvatī   

ekā devatā ।

nīlasarasvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

vāsudevatīrthaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

vāsudevatīrthasya ullekhaḥ kośe asti

vatī

vegavatī   

ekā nadī ।

vegavatyāḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe asti

vatī

vetrāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

vetrāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

vyomavatī   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

vyomavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

pārvatīyaḥ   

ekaḥ samrāṭ ।

pārvatīyaḥ parvate rājyam akarot

vatī

pārvatīyaḥ   

ekā jāti ।

pārvatīyasya ullekhaḥ kośe asti

vatī

puṣpavatī   

snānārthe vartamānaṃ puṇyasthānam ।

puṣpavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

ekā bauddhadevatā ।

prabhāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ lalitavistare vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

sūryasya patnī ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

ekaḥ anucaraḥ ।

prabhāvatī skandasya mātuḥ anucarī āsīt

vatī

prabhāvatī   

ekā apsarā ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

ekā surāṅganā ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vikramādityacaritre vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

indradamanāsurasya svasā ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

vajranābhasya kanyā ।

prabhāvatī pradyumnasya patnī āsīt

vatī

prabhāvatī   

citrarathasya patnī ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

suvīrasya kanyā ।

prabhāvatī marutaḥ mātā āsīt

vatī

prabhāvatī   

ekā tāpasī ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

malleḥ mātā ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

prabhāvatī   

śreṣṭhinaḥ somadattasya kanyā ।

prabhāvatī madanasya mātā āsīt

vatī

prabhāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

prabhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

kuśavatī, kuśāvatī , kuśasthalī   

ekā nagarī ।

kuśavatī mahābhārate ullikhitā asti

vatī

kṛṇuṣvapājavatī   

ekaḥ adhyāyaḥ ।

kṛṇuṣvapājavatī ṛgvede ullikhitā dṛśyate

vatī

kṛtavatī   

ekā nadī ।

kṛtavatī viṣṇupurāṇe varṇitā asti

vatī

manovatī   

ekā strī ।

manovatyāḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe vartate

vatī

manovatī   

ekā apsarā ।

manovatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

manovatī   

vidyādharacitrāṅgadasya kanyā ।

manovatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

vatī

manovatī   

asurapati-sumāyasya patnī ।

manovatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

manovatī   

tad adbhūtaṃ nagaraṃ yad meruparvate vartate iti manyate ।

manovatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe vartate

vatī

śīlavatī   

ekā mahilā ।

śīlavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

vatī

śuddhavatī   

ekā ṛk ।

śuddhavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ ṛgvede asti

vatī

śubhravatī   

ekā nadī ।

śubhravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

vatī

śuṣkarevatī   

ekā rākṣasī yā bālakānāṃ kṛte ahitakāriṇī asti ।

śuṣkarevatyāḥ ullekhaḥ matsyapurāṇe asti

vatī

prasthāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

harivaṃśe prasthāvatī nadī samullikhitā

vatī

bakavatī   

ekā nadī ।

rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ bakavatī varṇitā dṛśyate

vatī

śṛṅgāravatī   

ekā strī ।

śṛṅgāravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

vatī

śobhanavatī   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

śobhanavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

śobhāvatī   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

śobhāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

vatī

bālasarasvatī   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośeṣu bālasarasvatī varṇitaḥ

vatī

bṛhadvatī   

ekā nadī ।

mahābhārate bṛhadvatī nadī varṇitā āsīt

vatī

kuśavatī, kuśāvatī , kuśasthalī   

ekā nagarī ।

kuśavatī mahābhārate ullikhitā asti

vatī

kṛṇuṣvapājavatī   

ekaḥ adhyāyaḥ ।

kṛṇuṣvapājavatī ṛgvede ullikhitā dṛśyate

vatī

kṛtavatī   

ekā nadī ।

kṛtavatī viṣṇupurāṇe varṇitā asti

vatī

bālasarasvatī   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośeṣu bālasarasvatī varṇitaḥ

vatī

bṛhadvatī   

ekā nadī ।

mahābhārate bṛhadvatī nadī varṇitā āsīt

vatī

mālyavatī   

ekā nadī ।

mālyavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

vatī

ratnāvatī   

ekā strī ।

ratnāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ harṣacarite vartate

vatī

ratnāvatī   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

ratnāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

rasavatī   

granthaprakāraviśeṣaḥ ।

rasavatī iti naikeṣāṃ śāstre vartamānaḥ granthaprakāraḥ asti

vatī

revatī   

ślokaviśeṣaḥ ।

revatī ṛgvede vartate

vatī

revatī   

ekā rākṣasī ।

revatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

vatī

revatī   

mitrasya patnī ।

revatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatpurāṇe vartate

vatī

revatī   

kānteḥ kanyā ।

revatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe vartate

vatī

revatī   

amṛtodanasya patnī ।

revatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye vartate

vatī

revatī   

strīnāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

naikāsāṃ strīṇāṃ nāma revatī asti

vatī

līlāvatī   

mayasya patnī ।

līlāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

vatī

līlāvatī   

ekā surāṅganā ।

līlāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vikramādityacarite vartate

vatī

līlāvatī   

avīkṣitasya patnī ।

līlāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe vartate

vatī

līlāvatī   

ekā vaṇikkanyā ।

līlāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ hitopadeśe vartate

vatī

līlāvatī   

granthaprakāraviśeṣaḥ ।

līlāvatī iti granthaprakāraḥ naikeṣu śāstreṣu dṛśyate

vatī

līlāvatī   

ekaḥ granthaḥ ।

līlāvatī iti bhāskarācāryeṇa likhitaḥ granthaḥ khyātaḥ

vatī

keśavatī   

ekā nadī ।

keśavatī kośe ullikhitā asti

vatī

koṅkaṇāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

koṅkaṇāvatī harivaṃśe varṇitā asti

vatī

kṣīravatī   

ekā nadī ।

kṣīravatī mahābhārate ullikhitā asti

vatī

kṣemavatī   

ekā mahilā ।

kṣemavatī bauddhasāhitye ullikhitā asti

vatī

kṣemāvatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

kṣemāvatī divyāvadāne ullikhitā asti

vatī

śyāmāvatī   

ekā strī ।

śyāmāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ divyāvadāne asti

vatī

śrīkṛṣṇasarasvatī   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śrīkṛṣṇasarasvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

śvabhravatī   

ekā nadī ।

śvabhravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

vatī

ṣaṣṭhavatī   

ekā nadī ।

ṣaṣṭhavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

vatī

ṣaṣṭhavatī   

ekā nadī ।

ṣaṣṭhavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

vatī

saccidānandasarasvatī   

viduṣāṃ nāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

saccidānandasasvatī iti nāmakāḥ naike vidvāṃsaḥ āsan

vatī

saccidānandasarasvatī   

lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

saccidānandasarasvatī iti nāmakāḥ naike lekhakāḥ āsan

vatī

satyābhinavatīrthaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

satyābhinavatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

sadānandasarasvatī   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

sadānandasarasvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

saptavatī   

ekā nadī ।

saptavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

vatī

sarasvatīkuṭumbaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

sarasvatīkuṭumbasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

sarasvatītantram   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

sarasvatītantram iti nāmake dve kṛtī staḥ

vatī

sarasvatītīrthaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

sarasvatītīrthasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

sarasvatīprakriyā   

sarasvatīsūtram iti granthasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sarasvatīsūtrasya racayitā anubhūti-svarūpaḥ asti

vatī

sarasvatīvilāsaḥ   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

sarasvatīvilāsaḥ iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

vatī

sarasvatīsaraḥ   

ekaḥ pavitraḥ taḍāgaḥ ।

sarasvatīsarasaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

sarasvatīsūktam   

ekaṃ sūktam ।

sarasvatīsūktasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

sarasvatīstavaḥ   

ekaḥ ślokaḥ ।

sarasvatīstavasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

sarasvatīstotram   

ekaṃ stotram ।

sarasvatīstotrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

sarasvatīsvāmī   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

sarasvatīsvāminaḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

sarvatīrtham   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

sarvatīrthasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

vatī

brahmāvatī   

ekā strī ।

divyāvadāne brahmāvatī samullikhitā

vatī

bhagavatīdāsaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kośeṣu bhagavatīdāsaḥ samullikhitaḥ

vatī

salilāvatī   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

salilāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

sahasrabhāgavatī   

ekā devatā ।

sahasrabhāgavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ sāmavede asti

vatī

sāmbavatī   

ekā gaṇikā ।

sāmbavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti

vatī

sarasvatī   

ekā devatā ।

sarasvatī buddheḥ devatā asti

vatī

hairaṇvatī   

ekā nadī ।

hairaṇvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

vatī

śṛṅgāravatī   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

śṛṅgāravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

satyavatī   

gādheḥ putrī ।

satyavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate harivaṃśe rāmāyaṇe purāṇe ca asti

vatī

satyavatī   

śivarājabhaṭṭasya patnī ।

satyavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vāsavadattāyām asti

vatī

vilāsavatī   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

vilāsavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ sāhityadarpaṇe asti

vatī

vīravatī   

ekā strī ।

vīravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

vatī

sarasvatītīrthaḥ   

ekaṃ tīrtham ।

sarasvatītīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

keśavatī   

ekā nadī ।

keśavatī kośe ullikhitā asti

vatī

koṅkaṇāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

koṅkaṇāvatī harivaṃśe varṇitā asti

vatī

kṣīravatī   

ekā nadī ।

kṣīravatī mahābhārate ullikhitā asti

vatī

kṣemavatī   

ekā mahilā ।

kṣemavatī bauddhasāhitye ullikhitā asti

vatī

kṣemāvatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

kṣemāvatī divyāvadāne ullikhitā asti

vatī

gīrvāṇendrasarasvatī   

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

gīrvāṇendrasarasvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

ghṛtavatī   

ekā nadī ।

ghṛtavatī mahābhārate ullikhitā

vatī

cakradantī, dantī, śīghrā, śyenaghaṇṭā, nikumbhī, nāgasphotā, dantinī, upacitrā, bhadrā, rūkṣā, recanī, anukūlā, niḥśalyā, viśalyā, madhupuṣpā, eraṇḍaphalā, taruṇī, eraṇḍapatrikā, aṇurevatī, viśodhanī, kumbhī, uḍumbaradalā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ asyā guṇāḥ kaṭutvam uṣṇatvam śūlāmatvagdoṣārśovraṇāśmarī-śalyaśodhanatvam dīpanatvañca ।

cakradantī kośe varṇitā asti

vatī

haṃsāvatī   

ekā strī ।

haṃsāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ daśakumāracarite asti

vatī

harṣavatī   

ekā rājakanyā ।

harṣavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

vatī

hariharasarasvatī   

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

hariharasarasvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

harāvatī   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

harāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ praśastyām asti

vatī

stambavatī   

ekā strī ।

stambavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

vatī

stambhavatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

stambhavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vikramādityasya caritre asti

vatī

hiraṇvatī   

nadīnāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

hiraṇvatī iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate rāmāyaṇe mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe ca asti

vatī

puṣpāvatī   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

puṣpāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

puṣkalāvatī   

ekam nagaram ।

puṣkalāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

purīṣavatī   

iṣṭikāyāḥ ekaḥ prakāraḥ ।

purīṣavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ śatapathabrāhmaṇe asti

vatī

puṇyavatī   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

puṇyavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ avadānaśatake asti

vatī

mandāravatī   

ekā strī ।

vetāla-pañcaviṃśatikāyāṃ mandāravatī ullikhitā

vatī

malayāvatī   

ekā strī ।

kośeṣu malayāvatī ullikhitā

vatī

maśakāvatī   

ekaḥ janapadaḥ nadī vā ।

pāṇinīya-vyākaraṇasya ṭīkāyāṃ maśakāvatī samullikhitā

vatī

pāṭalāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

pāṭalāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate viṣṇupurāṇe ca asti

vatī

pavitravatī   

ekā nadī ।

pavitravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

vatī

karīravatī   

eka strī ।

karīravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

kamalavatī   

ekā rājaputrī ।

kamalavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

vatī

kapīvatī   

ekā nadī ।

kapīvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

vatī

kanakavatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

kanakavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

kanakavatī   

ekā strī ।

kanakavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

vatī

tilakavatī   

ekā nadī ।

tilakavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kāvyālaṅkāravṛtyāṃ vartate

vatī

tīrthavatī   

ekā nadī ।

tīrthavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe vartate

vatī

tejasvatī   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

tejasvatī ityasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

vatī

tejovatī   

ekaṃ mūlam ।

tejovatī nighaṇṭunā parigaṇitā

vatī

tejovatī   

ekā rājakanyā ।

tejovatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

vatī

oghavatī   

ekā nadī ।

oghavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

vatī

oghavatī   

oghavataḥ putrī ।

oghavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

vatī

airāvatī, airāvatā   

candrasya mārgasya ekaḥ viśiṣṭaḥ bhāgaḥ ।

airāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ varāhamihirayoḥ bṛhatsaṃhitāyām asti

vatī

ūrjasvatī   

strīnāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

ūrjasvatī iti nāmakānāṃ naikāsāṃ strīṇām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

utpalāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

utpalāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

vatī

utpalāvatī   

ekā apsarāḥ ।

utpalāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

uḍumbarāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

uḍumbarāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

āmrāvatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

āmrāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

vatī

pippalāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

pippalāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

vatī

pārijātasarasvatīmantraḥ   

viśiṣṭāḥ siddhimantrāḥ ।

pārijātasarasvatīmantrasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

pārāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

pārāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

pārvatīsvayaṃvaraḥ   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

pārvatīsvayaṃvarasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

nīlasarasvatīmanuḥ   

ekaḥ mantraḥ ।

nīlasarasvatīmanoḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

vatī

candrāvatī   

ekaṃ tīrthakṣetram ।

candrāvatī kośe ullikhitā vartate

vatī

candrāvatī   

rājñaḥ dharmasenasya patnī ।

candrāvatī vetāla-pañcaviṃśatikāyām ullikhitā vartate

vatī

nimbavatī   

ekā strī ।

nimbavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ daśakumāracarite asti

vatī

vīravatī   

ekā nadī ।

vīravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

vatī

chattravatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

chattravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

vatī

jñānendrasarasvatī   

ekaḥ paṇḍitaḥ ।

jñānendrasarasvatyaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

vatī

tilakavatī   

ekā nadī ।

tilakavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kāvyālaṅkāravṛtyāṃ vartate

vatī

tīrthavatī   

ekā nadī ।

tīrthavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe vartate

vatī

tejasvatī   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

tejasvatī ityasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

vatī

tejovatī   

ekaṃ mūlam ।

tejovatī nighaṇṭunā parigaṇitā

vatī

tejovatī   

ekā rājakanyā ।

tejovatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

vatī

kalyāṇavatī   

ekā rājakanyā ।

kalyāṇavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

kāmavatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

kāmavateḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

vatī

dhūmāvatī   

ekaṃ tīrthasthānam ।

dhūmāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

vatī

dhṛtavatī   

ekā nadī ।

dhṛtavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

vatī

dhvajāgravatī   

gaṇanasya dvau prakārau ।

dhvajāgravatyāḥ ullekhaḥ lalita-vistare asti

vatī

narmavatī   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

narmavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ sāhityadarpaṇe asti

vatī

dhārāvatī   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

dhārāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ padmapurāṇe asti









Parse Time: 1.211s Search Word: vatī Input Encoding: IAST: vatī